Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

COMPETENCY-BASED
LEARNING MATERIALS

SECTOR:
ELECTRONICS SECTOR
QUALIFICATION:
COMPUTER SYSTEM SERVICES NC II
UNIT OF COMPETENCY:
Install and Configure Computer Systems
MODULE TITLE:
Installing and Configure Computer Systems
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
1
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Computer System
Servicing Part 1
COMPETENCY-BASED LEARNING MATERIAL

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
2
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

HOW TO USE THIS

COMPETENCY-BASED LEARNING
MATERIAL (CBLM)
Welcome to the competency-based learning material for the module: Performing Computer
Operation. This module contains training materials and activities for you to accomplish.

The unit of competency “Install and configure computer systems” contains the
knowledge, skills and attitudes required for Computer System Servicing.

You are required to go through a series of learning activities in order to complete each learning
outcomes of the module. In each learning outcome, there are reference materials or instructional
sheets for further reading to help you better understand the required activities. Follow the activities
at your own pace and answer the self-check at the end of each learning outcome. If you have
questions, please feel free to ask for the assistance of your trainer/facilitator.

RECOGNITION OF PRIOR LEARNING (RPL)

You may have some or most of the knowledge and skills included in this learner’s guide because
you have:

Been working in the same industry for some time.

Already completed training in this area.
If you can demonstrate to your trainer that you are competent in a particular skill, you don’t have
to do the same training again.

If you feel that you have some skills, talk to your trainer about having them formally recognized.
If you have a qualification or certificate of competence from previous trainings, show them to your
trainer. If the skills you acquired are still current and relevant to the unit of competency, they may
become part of the evidence you can present for RPL. If you are not sure about the currency of
your skills, discuss this with your trainer.

A Trainee Record Book (TRB) is given to you to record important dates, jobs undertaken and other
workplace events that will assist you in providing further details to your trainer/assessor. A Record
of Achievement/Progress Chart is also provided to your trainer to complete/accomplish once you
have completed the module. This will show your own progress.

DIRECTION FOR USE OF THE CBLM

This module was prepared to help you achieve the required competency: Install and
configure computer systems. This will be the source of information for you to acquire the
knowledge and skills in this particular module with minimum supervision or help from your

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
3
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

trainer. With the aid of this material, you will acquire the competency independently and at your
own pace.

Talk to your trainer and agree on how you will both organize the training of this unit. Read through
the module carefully. It is divided into sections which covers all the skills and knowledge you
need to successfully complete in this module.

Work through all the information and complete the activities in each section. Do what is asked in
the INSTRUCTIONAL SHEET (INFORMATION SHEET, OPERATION SHEET) and complete
the SELF-CHECK. Suggested references are included to supplement the materials provided in
this module.

Most probably, your trainer will also be your supervisor or manager. He is there to support you
and show you the correct way to do things. Ask for help.

Your trainer will tell you about the important things you need to consider when you are completing
activities and it is important that you listen and take notes.

You will be given plenty of opportunities to ask questions and practice on the job. Make sure you
practice your new skills during regular work shifts. This way, you will improve both your speed
and memory and also your confidence.
Talk to more experienced workmates and ask for their guidance.
Use the self-check questions at the end of each section to test your own progress.

When you are ready, ask your trainer to watch you perform the activities outlined in the module.

As you work through the activities, ask for written feedback on your progress. Your trainer gives
feedback/pre-assessment reports for this reason.

When you have successfully completed each element or learning outcome, ask your trainer to
mark on the reports that you are ready for assessment.

When you have completed this module (several modules) and feel confident that you have had
sufficient practice, your trainer will arrange an appointment to qualified trainer to assess/evaluate
you. The result of your assessment/evaluation will be recorded in your COMPETENCY
ACHIEVEMENT RECORD.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
4
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

COMPUTER SYSTEM
SERVICING NC II
LIST OF CORE
COMPETENCIES
No Unit of Competency Module Title Code

Install and configure Installing and configure

1 computer systems computer systems
Set-up computer networks Setting-up computer
2
networks
3 Set-up Computer Servers Setting-up Computer Servers
Maintain and repair Maintaining and repair
4 computer systems and computer systems and
networks networks

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
5
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Contents
HOW TO USE THIS .................................................................................................................... 3
COMPETENCY-BASED LEARNING MATERIAL (CBLM) ................................................ 3
COMPUTER SYSTEM SERVICING NC II ............................................................................. 5
LIST OF CORE COMPETENCIES ........................................................................................... 5
MODULE CONTENT ................................................................................................................ 16
LEARNING OUTCOMES ......................................................................................................... 18
LEARNING EXPERIENCES: INSTALL AND CONFIGURE COMPUTER SYSTEMS. 19
1st Quarter (1st SEMESTER) Computer System Servicing Part 1 ......................................... 20
Lesson 1 ........................................................................................................................................ 21
“Planning and preparing Unit Assembly to ensure OH&S policies and procedures” ......... 21
1st Quarter QUIZ #1 ............................................................................................................... 26
Lesson 2 ........................................................................................................................................ 27
Identifying and Obtaining materials necessary to complete the work................................... 27
“Characteristics of Materials used in Specific Projects” ........................................................... 27
1. Selection of material .......................................................................................................... 27
2. Testing of material ............................................................................................................. 27
3. Cost of material ................................................................................................................. 27
Workplace Procedure ................................................................................................................ 28
TYPES AND WORK-RELATED ERRORS ............................................................................ 30
Quantity of work (untimely completion, limited production) ............................................... 30
Quality of work (failure to meet quality standards) .............................................................. 30
A. Inappropriate behavior (often referred to as "poor attitude") ........................................... 30
B. Resistance to change ......................................................................................................... 30
C. Inappropriate interpersonal relations ................................................................................ 30
D. Inappropriate physical behavior ....................................................................................... 30
Quality Standards ...................................................................................................................... 31
1. Hardware ............................................................................................................................... 31
2. Production Process ................................................................................................................ 31
FAILURE TESTING ............................................................................................................. 31
STATISTICAL CONTROL .................................................................................................. 31
COMPANY QUALITY ........................................................................................................ 32
D. TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL....................................................................................... 32
3. Final Product ......................................................................................................................... 33

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
6
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

4. Customer Service .................................................................................................................. 34

1st Quarter Quiz #2 ..................................................................................................................... 35
Quality Standards ...................................................................................................................... 36
Lesson 3 ........................................................................................................................................ 37
Obtaining tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation .......... 37
Computer Lab Procedures and Tool Use .................................................................................. 37
Objectives .................................................................................................................................. 37
Proper Use of Tools................................................................................................................... 37
Hardware Tools ..................................................................................................................... 37
ESD Tools.............................................................................................................................. 38
Hand Tools ............................................................................................................................ 38
Software Tools ....................................................................................................................... 40
Organizational Tools ............................................................................................................. 42
Demonstrate Proper Tool Use ............................................................................................... 44
Screws.................................................................................................................................... 47
Flat-Head Screwdriver ........................................................................................................... 47
Phillips-Head Screwdriver ..................................................................................................... 47
Hex Driver ............................................................................................................................. 48
Component Retrieving Tools................................................................................................. 48
Cleaning Materials ................................................................................................................. 49
1st Quarter Quiz #3 ..................................................................................................................... 52
1st Quarter Performance Task #1 .............................................................................................. 53
Lesson 4 ........................................................................................................................................ 54
“Personal Computers”................................................................................................................ 54
History ....................................................................................................................................... 54
Terminology .............................................................................................................................. 56
Types ......................................................................................................................................... 57
1st Quarter Quiz #4 ..................................................................................................................... 61
Lesson 5 ........................................................................................................................................ 62
“Computer Hardware and Software”....................................................................................... 62
Hardware ................................................................................................................................... 62
Software .................................................................................................................................... 68
1st Quarter Quiz #5 ..................................................................................................................... 72
Lesson 6 ........................................................................................................................................ 73

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
7
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

“Computer Devices” ................................................................................................................... 73

Peripheral .................................................................................................................................. 73
Common Peripherals ................................................................................................................. 74
Input Devices............................................................................................................................. 74
Output Devices .......................................................................................................................... 80
Computer Memory / Storage Devices ................................................................................... 81
Input/Output .............................................................................................................................. 83
1st Quarter Quiz #6 ................................................................................................................ 84
Lesson 7 ........................................................................................................................................ 85
“How to Assemble a Personal Computer?” ............................................................................. 85
Parts of Motherboard and its Function ...................................................................................... 93
What is a Motherboard? ............................................................................................................ 93
Location of Motherboard: ...................................................................................................... 93
Types of motherboard form factor ............................................................................................ 93
XT Motherboard .................................................................................................................... 94
AT Motherboard .................................................................................................................... 94
Baby AT Motherboard........................................................................................................... 95
ATX Motherboard ................................................................................................................. 95
Micro-ATX Motherboard ...................................................................................................... 96
E-ATX Motherboard ............................................................................................................. 96
LPX Motherboard .................................................................................................................. 97
NLX Motherboard ................................................................................................................. 97
BTX Motherboard ................................................................................................................. 98
Pico BTX Motherboard ......................................................................................................... 99
Mini ITX Motherboard .......................................................................................................... 99
Nano ITX Motherboard ......................................................................................................... 99
Pico ITX Motherboard......................................................................................................... 100
Parts of Motherboard ............................................................................................................... 100
1) RAM chip and RAM Slot................................................................................................ 101
2) CPU Chip and Socket ...................................................................................................... 102
3) PCI Slots and PCI Chip ................................................................................................... 103
4) ROM Chip ....................................................................................................................... 104
5) AGP Slot and Chip .......................................................................................................... 104
6) North Bridge.................................................................................................................... 105

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
8
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

7) South Bridge .................................................................................................................... 106

8) CMOS Backup Battery.................................................................................................... 106
9)Power Supply Plug ........................................................................................................... 107
10) SATA and PATA Port and Connector .......................................................................... 108
11) eSATA Port ................................................................................................................... 110
12) eSATAp Port ................................................................................................................. 110
13) SCSI Port ....................................................................................................................... 110
............................................................................................................................................. 111
14) Parallel Port ................................................................................................................... 111
15) Serial Port ...................................................................................................................... 111
16) PS/2 Port........................................................................................................................ 111
17) USB Port ....................................................................................................................... 112
18) RJ-45 Port...................................................................................................................... 112
19) HDMI port ..................................................................................................................... 113
20) Audio Port ..................................................................................................................... 113
21) Heatsink ........................................................................................................................ 114
22) Switches and Jumper ..................................................................................................... 114
23) Capacitor ....................................................................................................................... 115
24) Transistor and MOSFET ............................................................................................... 115
25) Diode ............................................................................................................................. 116
26) VRMs ............................................................................................................................ 116
27) Mounting Screw Hole ................................................................................................... 116
1st Quarter Quiz #7 ................................................................................................................... 117
1st Quarter Performance Task Sheet #2 ............................................................................... 118
Lesson 8 ...................................................................................................................................... 119
“Performing basic input output system (BIOS) configuration” ........................................... 119
How to Configure the BIOS Using the BIOS Setup Utility? .................................................. 119
UEFI vs BIOS: What's the Difference? .................................................................................. 122
Boot Procedure ........................................................................................................................ 122
BIOS: ................................................................................................................................... 124
UEFI: ................................................................................................................................... 125
How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 11 or Windows 10...................................... 126
How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 8.1 or Windows 8 ................................ 128
How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 7 ........................................................... 129

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
9
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #8 ................................................................................................................... 130

Lesson 9 ...................................................................................................................................... 131
Creating a Portable Bootable Device ...................................................................................... 131
How to Create a Bootable USB Using Rufus ......................................................................... 138
What is a Bootable USB? ........................................................................................................ 138
How to Create a Bootable USB using Rufus....................................................................... 138
1st Quarter Quiz #9 ................................................................................................................... 142
1st Quarter Performance Task #3: ........................................................................................ 143
Lesson 10 .................................................................................................................................... 144
Installation of portable applications........................................................................................ 144
Downloading and Installing - Step By Step ............................................................................ 144
Downloading ....................................................................................................................... 144
Installing .............................................................................................................................. 144
Installing the PortableApps Suite ........................................................................................ 144
Installing an App In PortableApps Suite ............................................................................. 145
Installing an App Manually ................................................................................................. 145
How To Install Portable Apps To The Hard Drive ............................................................. 146
1st Quarter Quiz #10 ................................................................................................................. 151
2nd Quarter (1st SEMESTER) Computer System Servicing Part 1 ...................................... 152
Lesson 1 Installation of Operating System (OS) ................................................................... 153
System Requirements .............................................................................................................. 153
Minimum vs Recommended Requirements ........................................................................ 153
Power-on Self-test ................................................................................................................... 154
What Is Power-on Self-test .................................................................................................. 154
The Role of POST in the Startup Process............................................................................ 155
Errors about the Power-on Self-test ........................................................................................ 156
How to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive with Screenshots ..................................... 158
2nd Quarter Quiz#1 ................................................................................................................... 166
Lesson 2 Installation of peripheral/de vices drivers and Accessing and installing OS and
drivers updates/patches ............................................................................................................ 167
How to install and update a computer driver .......................................................................... 167
Drivers from a CD or DVD ..................................................................................................... 167
Installing drivers from a USB drive or floppy ........................................................................ 169
Downloading and installing a driver ....................................................................................... 169
Installing a driver from an executable ..................................................................................... 170
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
10
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Using the "have disk" option to install drivers ........................................................................ 171

Installing a new device ........................................................................................................ 171
Upgrading drivers for a pre-existing device ........................................................................ 172
How to Manually Update Windows 10 ............................................................................... 172
How to Schedule a Windows 10 Update ............................................................................. 172
1. Update Drivers on Windows 10 With Device Manager ..................................................... 173
2. Update the Drivers Through Windows Update ................................................................... 174
3. Update Device Drivers Through the Manufacturer’s Website............................................ 175
Keeping Your Drivers Updated on Windows 10 .................................................................... 175
2nd Quarter Quiz #2 .................................................................................................................. 176
Lesson 3 Undertaking an on-going check of the quality of the work .................................. 177
Who carries out workplace inspections ................................................................................... 177
Purpose of workplace inspections ........................................................................................... 177
When to schedule an inspection .............................................................................................. 177
How to carry out an inspection ............................................................................................... 178
The workplace inspection checklist ..................................................................................... 178
Things to consider when conducting a workplace inspection ............................................. 178
Things to consider after a workplace inspection If you identify a serious danger .............. 178
2nd Quarter Quiz #3 .................................................................................................................. 179
Lesson 4 Installation of Application software based on software installation guides, end-
user requirements and software license agreement ............................................................... 180
Downloading and installing VMware Workstation (2057907) ............................................... 180
Downloading VMware Workstation ............................................................................ 180
Installing VMware Workstation ................................................................................... 181
After installation ............................................................................................................. 183
Part1 ..................................................................................................................................... 185
Installing VMware Workstationhttps://www.wikihow.com/Use-VMware-Workstation ... 185
Part2 ..................................................................................................................................... 186
Installing an Operating System............................................................................................ 186
Part3 ..................................................................................................................................... 189
Navigating VMware ............................................................................................................ 189
2nd Quarter Quiz #4 .................................................................................................................. 191
Lesson 5 Variation to application software installation How to Install or Uninstall Programs
in Windows 10? ....................................................................................................................... 192
Install Programs in Windows 10 ......................................................................................... 192

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
11
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Uninstall Programs in Windows 10 ..................................................................................... 195

Windows Vs Mac ................................................................................................................ 197
2nd Quarter Performance Task#1 ............................................................................................ 198
Lesson 6 Accessing and Installing Software updates ............................................................. 199
How to update your software .................................................................................................. 199
Update your operating system ............................................................................................. 199
Windows .............................................................................................................................. 199
macOS ................................................................................................................................. 200
Update your apps ..................................................................................................................... 201
An update may refer to any of the following: ......................................................................... 202
Why do I need to update? ........................................................................................................ 202
What needs to be updated? ...................................................................................................... 202
How to update a program ........................................................................................................ 203
What happens if I don't update? .............................................................................................. 203
What are update versions?....................................................................................................... 203
Differences between software upgrades and updates .............................................................. 203
Software update ................................................................................................................... 203
Software upgrade ................................................................................................................. 204
Should I install all updates? .................................................................................................... 204
Why does it take so long to update? ........................................................................................ 204
What would prevent an update from happening?.................................................................... 205
Install high priority updates..................................................................................................... 206
2nd Quarter Quiz #5 .................................................................................................................. 207
Lesson 7 Testing of devices /systems and/or installation ....................................................... 208
Diagnostic Tools in testing installed components ................................................................... 209
Software Tools ........................................................................................................................ 209
Disk Management Tools ......................................................................................................... 209
Overview of Disk Management .............................................................................................. 210
About those extra recovery partitions ..................................................................................... 211
TEST PROCEDURES ............................................................................................................ 211
EXTERNAL VISUAL INSPECTION .................................................................................... 212
OBSERVING THE BOOT ROUTINE ................................................................................... 213
INTERNAL VISUAL INSPECTION ..................................................................................... 214
2nd Quarter Quiz #6 .................................................................................................................. 215

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
12
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson #8 Conducting Stress test to ensure reliability of equipment ................................... 216

What is STRESS Testing in Software Testing? Tools, Types, Examples .............................. 216
Stress Testing .......................................................................................................................... 216
Need for Stress Testing ........................................................................................................... 217
Goals of Stress Testing............................................................................................................ 217
Load Testing Vs Stress Testing ............................................................................................... 218
Types of Stress Testing: .......................................................................................................... 218
Distributed Stress Testing:................................................................................................... 218
Application Stress Testing: .................................................................................................. 219
Transactional Stress Testing: ............................................................................................... 219
Systemic Stress Testing: ...................................................................................................... 219
Exploratory Stress Testing .................................................................................................. 219
How to do Stress Testing? ....................................................................................................... 219
Tools recommended for Stress Testing: .................................................................................. 220
LoadRunner ......................................................................................................................... 220
Jmeter................................................................................................................................... 220
Stress ........................................................................................................................ 220
Neo load ............................................................................................................................... 220
Metrics for Stress Testing ....................................................................................................... 220
Conclusion ............................................................................................................................... 221
18 Top Computer Stress Test Software To Test CPU, RAM And GPU [2022 LIST] ........... 221
List Of The Top Stress Test Software ..................................................................................... 223
Comparison Of Top Tools To Stress Test ........................................................................... 223
#1) LoadTracer .................................................................................................................... 224
#2) JMeter ............................................................................................................................ 225
#3) Locust ............................................................................................................................ 226
#4) BlazeMeter .................................................................................................................... 226
#5) Load Multiplier ............................................................................................................. 227
Computer Or PC Stress Test Software .................................................................................... 228
#6) PCMark 10 .................................................................................................................... 228
#7) HeavyLoad .................................................................................................................... 229
#8) BurnInTest ..................................................................................................................... 230
CPU Stress Test Software ....................................................................................................... 231
#10) HWiNFO64 ................................................................................................................. 233

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
13
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

#11) Prime95 ....................................................................................................................... 234

#12) Cinebench .................................................................................................................... 235
RAM Stress Test Software ...................................................................................................... 236
#13) MemTest86.................................................................................................................. 236
#14) Stress-ng ...................................................................................................................... 237
GPU Stress Test Software ....................................................................................................... 238
#15) GPU-Z ......................................................................................................................... 238
#16) MSI Afterburner .......................................................................................................... 239
#17) Heaven & Valley Benchmarks .................................................................................... 239
#18) 3DMark ....................................................................................................................... 240
2nd Quarter Quiz #7 .................................................................................................................. 242
Lesson 9 5S and 3Rs environmental policies .......................................................................... 243
WHAT ARE THE FIVE S's? .................................................................................................. 243
THE FIVE S'S ......................................................................................................................... 243
5S PROGRAM BENEFITS .................................................................................................... 244
3Rs – Reduce, Reuse & Recycle ............................................................................................... 245
Tips on reducing waste and conserving resources............................................................... 245
REDUCE: The best way to manage waste is to not produce it. This can be done by
shopping carefully and being aware of a few guidelines: ................................................... 245
REUSE: It makes economic and environmental sense to reuse products. Sometimes it takes
creativity: ............................................................................................................................. 246
RECYCLE: Recycling is a series of steps that takes a used material and processes,
remanufactures, and sells it as a new product. Begin recycling at home and at work: ....... 246
Paper and Plastics: ............................................................................................................... 247
The EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) tells us these recycling facts: ..................... 247
2nd Quarter Quiz #8 .................................................................................................................. 248
Lesson 10 Documentation in relation to the test ................................................................... 249
System verification, Testing and Maintenance ....................................................................... 249
System verification .............................................................................................................. 249
System testing ...................................................................................................................... 250
System maintenance ............................................................................................................ 251
Hardware Verification, Testing and Maintenance .................................................................. 252
Hardware verification .......................................................................................................... 252
Hardware testing .................................................................................................................. 252
Hardware maintenance ........................................................................................................ 253

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
14
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Software verification, Testing and Maintenance..................................................................... 254

Software verification ........................................................................................................... 254
Software testing ................................................................................................................... 255
Software maintenance.......................................................................................................... 256
LICENSES AND ATTRIBUTIONS / References: ................................................................ 258

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
15
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

MODULE CONTENT
UNIT OF COMPETENCY : INSTALL AND CONFIGURE COMPUTER SYSTEMS
MODULE TITLE : INSTALLING AND CONFIGURE COMPUTER SYSTEMS
MODULE DESCRIPTOR : This module covers the outcomes required in installing and
configuring desktop and workstation computers systems. It consists of competencies to assemble
computer hardware, install operating system and drivers for peripherals/devices, and install
application software as well as to conduct testing and documentation.

NOMINAL DURATION : 40 Hours

QUALIFICATION LEVEL : NC II
SUMMARY OF LEARNING OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of this module, the trained student must be able to:

LO 1: Assemble computer hardware

LO 2: Prepare installer
LO 3: Install operating system and drivers for peripherals/ devices
LO 4: Install application software
LO 5: Conduct testing and documentation

ASSESSMENT CRITERIA:
• Unit assembly is planned and prepared to ensure OH&S policies and procedures are
followed in accordance with systems requirements.
• Materials necessary to complete the work are identified and obtained in accordance with
established procedures and checked against systems requirements.
• Tools, equipment and testing devices needed to carry out the installation work are
obtained in accordance with established procedures and checked for correct operation and
safety.
• Computer hardware is assembled in accordance with established procedures and systems
requirements.
• Basic-input-output-system (BIOS) configuration is performed in accordance with
hardware requirements.
• Portable bootable devices are created in accordance with software manufacturer
instruction
• Customized installers are prepared in accordance with software utilization guide and end
user agreement.
• Installation of portable applications are carried out in accordance with software user
guide and software license.
• Operating system (OS) is installed in accordance with established installation procedures
and to comply with end-user requirements
• Peripherals/devices drivers are installed and configured in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions and/or OS installation procedures.
• OS and driver’s updates/patches are accessed and installed in accordance with
manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements.
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
16
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• On-going checks of the quality of the work are undertaken in accordance with established
procedures.
• Application software are installed based on software installation guides, end-user
requirements and software license agreement.
• Variation to application software installation is carried out in accordance to
customer/client requirements.
• Software updates are accessed and installed in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations and requirements.
• Devices / systems and/or installation is tested to determine whether it conforms to
requirements.
• Stress test is conducted to ensure reliability of equipment in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions and system requirements.
• 5S and 3Rs are followed according to environmental policies.
• Documentation in relation to the test is forwarded to appropriate personnel and/or
authority in accordance with requirements.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
17
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

LEARNING OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this module, the trained student must be able to:

❑ Occupational Health and Safety (OHS), 5S and 3Rs are followed according to
environmental policies.
❑ Describe the types of personal computers including workstation, desktop computers, all-
in-one, laptops, desktop replacement, netbooks, and tablets. Describe the differences
between the types.
❑ Discuss each part of the typical personal computer and what it does, including the case,
power supply, processor, motherboard, main memory, hard disk, monitor display, video
card, keyboard and mouse.
❑ Define software
❑ Distinguish between system software and application software
❑ Identify contemporary personal computer operating systems
❑ Recognize input and output devices as peripherals
❑ Identify input devices including mice, keyboards, imaging devices and microphones
❑ Identify pointing devices, imaging devices and display devices
❑ Differentiate between input and output, and between input and output devices
❑ Identify output devices including speakers, printers, monitors, and projectors
❑ Understand the meaning of volatile and non-volatile, and identify examples of each
❑ Distinguish primary memory (for example, RAM) from secondary memory.
❑ Assemble a Personal Computer.
❑ Entering BIOS Setup
❑ Identify three categories of software
❑ Identify families of operating systems.
❑ Describe what an operating system does
❑ Describe what a utility is
❑ Define booting
❑ Installing Operating System

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
18
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

LEARNING EXPERIENCES: INSTALL AND CONFIGURE COMPUTER

SYSTEMS
Learning Activities Special Instruction

Read Information Sheet 1.1.1 In this Learning Outcome, you’ll be able to know what
Occupational Health and Safety are the OH&S, 5S and 3R
(OHS), 5S and 3Rs are followed
according to environmental policies

Answer Self-Check 1.1.1 and Self- Go through the Self-Check and answer to ensure
Check 1.1.2 acquisition of knowledge on: OHS, 5S and 3R
Read Information Sheet 1.2.1 In this Learning Outcome, you’ll be able to know what
Personal Computer are the Types of Computer
Answer Self-Check 1.2.1 Go through the Self-Check and answer to ensure
acquisition of knowledge on Types Computer
Read Information Sheet 1.3.1 In this Learning Outcome, you’ll be able to know what
Computer Hardware and Software are the Computer Hardware and Software
Answer Self-Check 1.3.1 Go through the Self-Check and answer to ensure
acquisition of knowledge on: Computer Hardware and
Software
Read Information Sheet 1.4.1 In this Learning Outcome, you’ll be able to know what
Computer Devices are the Computer Devices, Input, Output and
Input/Output Devices
Answer Self-Check 1.4.1 Go through the Self-Check and answer to ensure
acquisition of knowledge on: Computer Devices, Input,
Output and Input/Output Devices
Read Information Sheet 1.5.1 How In this Learning Outcome, you’ll be able to know what
to Assemble a Personal Computer are the How to Assemble a Personal Computer
Do the Performance Task Sheet Go through the Operation Sheet and answer to ensure
1.5.1 acquisition of skills on: Disassemble and Assemble a
Personal Computer
Read Information Sheet 1.6.1 BIOS In this Learning Outcome, you’ll be able to know what
configuration procedures, Prepare are the BIOS configuration procedures, Prepare and
and Install Operating System with Install Operating System with Software Driver
Software Driver
Do the Performance Task Sheet Go through the Operation Sheet and answer to ensure
1.6.1 acquisition of skills on: Reformatting a Computer

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
19
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

st
1 Quarter
st
(1 SEMESTER)
Computer System
Servicing Part 1

Unit of Competency Module Title

Install and configure Installing and configure
computer systems computer systems

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
20
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 1
“Planning and preparing Unit
Assembly to ensure OH&S policies
and procedures”

✓ Do not work alone so that there's someone who can take care of you in case of
emergency.
✓ Always power off the computer and unplug the computer before working on it.
✓ Take away any liquid near your working area to avoid getting electrocuted or
accidentally damaging computer parts.
✓ Be careful with tools that may cause short circuit.
✓ Always ground or discharge yourself before touching any part of the computer.
✓ Do not use excessive force if things don't quite slip into place.
✓ Clean the area before and after using it to maintain sanitation and prevent accidents.
✓ Hold the components on the edges and do not touch the Integrated Circuit (IC) parts.
✓ Always wear personal protective equipment (PPE) in accordance with the organization's
OHS procedures and practices.
✓ Make sure that the pins are properly aligned when connecting a cable connector.
✓ Contingency measures during workplace accidents, fire and other emergencies are
recognized.
✓ Use brush, compressed air or blower in cleaning the computer system.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
21
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1. PLAN AND PREPARE FOR INSTALLATION

• Observe Occupational Health and Safety policies and procedures in planning for
installation activity in accordance with requirements
• Familiarize with computer hardware, software component and other peripherals in
accordance with established procedures on correct operation and safety policies
• Consult appropriate/ technical personnel to ensure that work is coordinated with others
who are involved in the activity
• Obtain materials necessary to complete the work in accordance with established
procedures
• Check the materials received against job requirements

2. INSTALL EQUIPMENT/DEVICES (HARDWARE, SOFTWARE

COMPONENTS AND PERIPHERALS) AND OPERATING SYSTEMS
• Follow OHS procedures in installing devices, systems, networking devices, and
peripherals.
• Comply with the requirements in installing devices, /systems, networking devices, and
peripherals.
• Install computer systems, networking devices and peripherals in accordance with job
requirements.
• Perform installation of devices and variety of operating systems in accordance with
customer/client’s requirements.
• Obtain approval from appropriate personnel before implementing contingency procedures.
• Respond to unplanned events or conditions in accordance to established procedures.
• Check the quality of the work undertaken in accordance with the established procedures.

3. CONDUCT TEST ON THE INSTALLED COMPUTER SYSTEM

• Follow OHS policies and procedures in conducting tests.
• Check circuits and systems being isolated using specified testing procedures.
• Test devices, systems and/or installation to determine its conformity with the requirements.
•

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Policy – An Information and communication
technology (ICT) student should know how to behave when working in the computer laboratory,
as well as implement a safe way of accomplishing every task. Safety practices should be learned
early and always adheres in working with any electrical and electronic device, including personal
computers and its peripherals.
This is for your protection as well as to the people working with you, and for the devices that you
are using. The basis for this process begins with Occupational Health and Safety Policies.
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
22
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Occupational safety and health (OSH) is a planned system of working to prevent illness
and injury where you work by recognizing and identifying hazards and risks. Health and safety
procedure is the responsibility of all persons in the computer and technology industries. You
must identify the hazards where you are working and decide how dangerous they are. Eliminate
the hazard or modify the risk that it presents.

OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY STANDARDS

Procedure

1. Identify the hazard

2. Clear the area close to the hazard
3. Partition the hazard off or clearly identify the area to protect other people from harm
4. If the hazard is easily and safely cleared, then do so

If not…

1. Report the hazard to the appropriate person (such as teacher in charge, principal etc.) to
obtain assistance
2. Following clearing of the hazard fill out the correct documentation to assist in identifying
improved practice to reduce further incidence of hazards.

All hazards must be reported using Accidental Report form. This enables us to track the kinds of
hazards we have in our workplace, and take action where necessary to make it safer for all
student and clients.

ACCIDENT REPORTS
Forms are used to give specific details with regards to the accidents happened in the laboratory
during experiments.
Accident reports contain the
following details:
• Name of the person
injured
• Date and time of the
accident
• Type of injury
• First aid given
• Action taken to prevent
further accidents

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
23
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
If the workplace hazard appears to be dangerous to staff and clients and professional assistance is
required:

1. Call the supervisor or manager and

advise them of the problem and the
urgency of the matter.
2. Depending on the risk it may be
called as an evacuation.
3. Follow the evacuation procedure.
4. The supervisor or manager will call
in the fire brigade or specialized
personnel who will deal with the
spill.

FIRE EXITS
All fire exits should be kept clear of
from obstacles. All students have a
responsibility to make sure that
chairs, empty boxes or any other type
of obstacle are not placed in or near
fire exit doorways.
All corridors also need to have
equipment stored on one side only to
ensure that in the event of an
emergency there is a clear exit.

FIRE SAFETY PROCEDURE

Each work area has a designated fire warden, who in the event of a fire will take charge. They
are recognized by the wearing of a red hard hat.

If you find the fire

• Assess the danger prior to doing anything.

• If it is safe to move assist anyone in the vicinity of the fire away from danger.
• If it is possible close the door to the fire area.
• Call for assistance. Verbally call FIRE, FIRE, in a loud and clear voice.
• Break the glass section of the fire alert call point.
• Call to the switch; ensure you know where the fire is, any other details that may be of
assistance to the fire brigade. Details could be size of the fire, cause or type of fire, any
people hurt or trapped, has anyone tried to put it out.
• If safe to do so, attack the fire with the correct extinguisher or fire hose.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
24
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

If the designated fire officer is not present, someone quickly needs to take
responsibility and:

1. Locate the source of the fire.

2. Locate any people.
3. Remove all people from the building.
4. Once outside do a head count?
5. Notify the authorities.

PERSONAL SAFETY WHILE WORKING WITH PC’S

Computer equipment can be dangerous, and you or others can be injured or even killed if you
don’t follow proper safety guidelines when working along with PC’s.
The following are some precautionary measures to take before working with any computer
equipment:

• Wear shoes with non-conductive rubber soles to help reduce the chance of being shocked or
seriously injured in an electrical accident.
• Do not work on components that are plugged into their power source.
• Do not remove expansion cards from a computer when it is turned on.
• Remove jewelries when working inside any computer related equipment.
• Be sure not to mix electronic components and water

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
25
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter QUIZ #1

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score

Give at least 10 Occupational Health and Safety policies and procedures

1.

2.

3.

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
26
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 2
Identifying and Obtaining materials
necessary to complete the work
“Characteristics of Materials used in Specific Projects”

The student must relate material properties to product and process quality. These are the
factors that must be taken into consideration when choosing the right material for their
components and assemblies:

1. Selection of material
Material selection is one of the most common tasks for design engineering. The ability
to assess the material’s impact on the performance of a product is crucial for reliable
performance. Sometimes, buyers are also considering the label or name of the company which
are producing great quality of materials and are known in the market. Examples are the name HP
for printer and Intel for some computer hardware.

2. Testing of material
The testing of material properties is widely understood to be the key to obtaining data for
a project, performing failure analysis, or understanding material interactions. Material testing
also provides information on the quality of incoming and outgoing products. Inspection test
equipment and techniques are demonstrated for a wide range of materials and assemblies during
the class. This provides the participants with both knowledge of the common failure modes.

3. Cost of material
The cost of material is also considered when buying or selecting materials for a
specific project. The amount may vary but never taken for granted the quality and the reliability
of the material. Will you buy material which is less expensive but worst quality? Will you buy
material which you cannot afford? People look for places which can meet their standards and
right cost for materials to buy.

Characteristic of common materials for increased security is also a great factor in the design and
planning process. Evaluation of longevity criteria and assessment of site environmental factors are vital
to project planning.
Specific knowledge about the project and general common sense must dictate design and material
selection. Although many materials can offer enhanced protection, often the most cost-efficient and readily
available material that provides reasonable life expectancy for the project must be considered.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
27
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Before planning and designing takes place, you should evaluate the material options and
system requirements. Add several useful reference manuals to their
libraries such as installation of hardware, networking,
troubleshooting as well as basic PC Operation and Internet for
additional information that the students may used in their projects.
The characteristic of the materials to be used for specific project
must be:

✓ of good quality

- This is the most important factor when choosing materials to buy. Products
with good quality are long-lasting and safe to use because you know that it
follows certain standards before being commercialized.

✓ reliable
- It means that you can be sure that it will perform its function well, will
operate safely and will give the best it could give.

✓ suitable for the application/purposes

- Choose the materials which are very necessary to make the project
possible. Making a list of products/materials to buy is a good trait of a wise
consumer. Products which are not to be used must be crossed out.

✓ low cost
- It doesn’t mean that you will choose for the less expensive one and exclude
the quality. Low cost means you can afford to buy the materials without
hurting your pocket and assure of better quality.

Workplace Procedure
Workplace Procedure is a set of written instructions that identifies the health and safety
issues that may arise from the jobs and tasks that make up a system of work.
A safe working procedure should be written when:

• designing a new job or task

• changing a job or task

• introducing new equipment

• reviewing a procedure when problems have been identified, example from an accident or
incident investigation
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
28
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

The safe working procedure should identify:

• the teacher for the task or job and the students who will undertake
the task

• the tasks that are to be undertaken that pose risks

• the equipment to be used in these tasks

• the control measures that have been formulated for these tasks

• any training or qualification needed to undertake the task

• the personal protective equipment to be worn

• action to be undertaken to address safety issues that may arise while

undertaking the task
Following certain procedures is very important to perform a
given operation. The table below shows different elements and their
corresponding performance criteria to be able to identify occupational
health and safety hazards,

and assess risk, as well as follow instructions and procedure in the workplace with minimal
supervision. The students will also be capable of participating and contributing to OHS
management issues.

ELEMENT PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

Identify hazards and assess risk. 1.1 Identify hazards in the work area and during the
performance of workplace duties.
1.2 Assess level of risk

Follow procedures and strategies for 2.1 Report hazards in the work area to designated

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
29
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

TYPES AND WORK-RELATED ERRORS

Quantity of work (untimely completion, limited production)
1. Poor prioritizing, timing, scheduling
2. Lost time
• Tardiness, absenteeism, leaving without permission
• Excessive visiting, phone use, break time, use of the Internet
• Misuse of sick leave
3. Slow response to work requests, untimely completion of assignments
4. Preventable accidents

Quality of work (failure to meet quality standards)

5. Inaccuracies, errors
6. Failure to meet expectations for product quality, cost or service
7. Customer/client dissatisfaction
8. Spoilage and/or waste of materials
9. Inappropriate or poor work methods

Work Behavior Which Result in Performance Problems

A. Inappropriate behavior (often referred to as "poor attitude")

• Negativism, lack of cooperation, hostility
• Failure or refusal to follow instructions
• Unwillingness to take responsibility ("passing the buck")
• Insubordination
• Power games
B. Resistance to change
• Unwillingness, refusal or inability to update skills
• Resistance to policy, procedure, work method changes
• Lack of flexibility in response to problems
C. Inappropriate interpersonal relations
• Inappropriate communication style: over-aggressive, passive
• Impatient, inconsiderate, argumentative
• Destructive humor, sarcasm, horseplay, fighting
• Inappropriate conflict with others, customers, co-workers, supervisors
D. Inappropriate physical behavior
• Smoking, eating, drinking in inappropriate places
• Sleeping on the job
• Alcohol or drug use
• Problems with personal hygiene
• Threatening, hostile, or intimidating behavior

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
30
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Quality Standards
Standards are sets of rules that outline specification of dimensions, design of operation,
materials and performance, or describe quality of materials, products or systems. These
standards should cover the performance expectations of the product for particular applications.
The intent of standards is to provide at least minimum quality, safety or performance
specifications so as to ensure relatively uniform products and performance, and to remove
ambiguity as to the suitability of certain commercial products for particular applications.
Following standards may reduce the risk of error in working.

Specific quality standards for:

1. Hardware
The durability of the work depends on the quality of its
component parts and the assembly skills of those who install it. If the
best-quality products or hardware are used but are installed
incorrectly, the system will be a failure.
The application of suitable hardware and products must be supported by adequate levels
of training of person who use them so that they can identify and use only appropriate products.
In judging a product or hardware, the person must consider factors such as the following: Is
the product or hardware under consideration suitable for the application or purpose?
• Will it be harmful to the health of the community in its normal use?
• Is there a risk of this hardware being released into the environment (e.g. the water) in
the first instance or after the working life of the product or hardware has expired?

2. Production Process

In production process, checking of quality assurance must be highly considered. Quality

assurance covers all activities from design, development, production, installation, servicing and
documentation. This introduced the rules: "fit for purpose" and "do it right the first time". It
includes the regulation of the quality of raw materials, assemblies, products and components;
services related to production; and management, production, and inspection processes.

FAILURE TESTING
A valuable process to perform on a whole consumer product is failure testing, the
operation of a product until it fails, often under stresses such as increasing vibration, temperature
and humidity. This exposes many unanticipated weaknesses in a product, and the data is used to
drive engineering and manufacturing process improvements.

STATISTICAL CONTROL
Many organizations use statistical process control to bring the organization to Six Sigma

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
31
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

levels of quality, in other words, so that the likelihood of an unexpected failure is confined to six
standard deviations on the normal distribution. Traditional statistical process controls in
manufacturing operations usually proceed by randomly sampling and testing a fraction of the
output. Variances of critical tolerances are continuously tracked, and manufacturing processes are
corrected before bad parts can be produced.

The company-wide quality approach places an emphasis on

three aspects:
C. COMPANY QUALITY
1. Elements such as controls, job management,
adequate processes, performance and
integrity criteria and identification of records

2. Competence such as knowledge, skills,

experience and qualifications

3. Soft elements, such as personnel integrity,

confidence, organizational culture, motivation, team
spirit and quality relationships.

D. TOTAL QUALITY CONTROL

Total Quality Control is the most necessary inspection control of all in cases where,
despite statistical quality control techniques or quality improvements implemented, sales
decrease.
As the most important factor had been ignored, a few refinements had to be introduced:

1. Marketing had to carry out their work properly and define the customer’s specifications.
2. Specifications had to be defined to conform to these requirements.
3. Conformance to specifications i.e. drawings, standards and other relevant documents, were
introduced during manufacturing, planning and control.
4. Management had to confirm all operators are equal to the work imposed on them and
holidays, celebrations and disputes did not affect any of the
quality levels.
5. Inspections and tests were carried out, and all
components and materials, bought in or otherwise,
conformed to the specifications, and the measuring
equipment was accurate, this is the responsibility of the
QA/QC department.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
32
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

6. Any complaints received from the customers were satisfactorily dealt with in a timely
manner.
7. Feedback from the user/customer is used to review designs.
8. Consistent data recording and assessment and documentation
integrity.

9. Product and/or process change management and notification.

To conclude, the above forms are the basis from which the
philosophy of Quality Assurance has evolved, and the achievement of
quality or the “fitness-for-purpose” is “Quality Awareness” throughout the company.

3. Final Product
Quality System Contents
Requirements
1. Management 1. Define and document commitment, policy and objec- tives,
responsibility responsibility and authority, verification resources and
personnel. Appoint a management representative and
conduct regular reviews of the system
2. Establish and maintain a documented quality system
2. Quality system
ensuring that products conform to specified requirements
3. Ensure that customer's contractual requirements are
3. Contract Review evaluated and met
4. Plan, control and verify product development to ensure that
4. Product specified requirements are met
development 5. System for control and identification of all documents
regarding quality, e.g. procedures, instructions, and
5. Document control specifications
6. Ensure that purchased products conform to specified
6. Purchasing requirements
7. System to identify and control traceability of product at all
7. Product stages from raw materials through production to the final
8. identification and product as delivered to the customer
traceability 8. Ensure and plan the control of production which directly
effects quality by documented work instructions, monitoring
9. Process control
and control of processes
9. Inspect and test incoming products, intermediate and final
product; establish product conformance to specified
requirements and identify non-conforming pro- ducts;
maintain inspection and test records

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
33
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

10. Inspection and testing 10. Selection and control of equipment to ensure
reliability and accuracy in measuring data

11. Inspection, measuring and test equipment 11. For the whole process the products shall be
12. Inspection and test status identified and clearly marked concerning test
status, including indication of conformance or
13. Control of nonconforming products non-conformance
Corrective actions
14. Handling, storage packaging and
15. Quality records
15. Records, including those which demonstrate
16. Internal Quality Audits
that the specified requirements have been met,
17. Training
shall be control- led and maintained
18. Cleaning and Disinfection
16. Regular, planned internal audits shall be
19. Personal hygiene carried out,
documented and recorded to verify the
effectiveness of the quality system
17. Training requirements at all levels shall be
identified and the training planned, conducted and
recorded
18. Although not required by the ISO 9000
standards, these two points should be given
special attention in all food companies

4. Customer Service
According to Turban et al, 2002, “Customer service is a series of activities designed to
enhance the level of customer’s satisfaction – that is, the feeling that a product or service has met
the customer’s expectation”. Its importance varies by product, industry and customer.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
34
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #2

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score

I. Enumerate the following. Use a separate sheet of paper in answering.

1. Give three factors to be considered when choosing the right material?

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

2. Give three characteristics of materials to be used for specific project?

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

II. What Good Quality means?

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

III. Write QN if the statement affects the quantity of work and QL if the statement
affects the quality of work. Write your answer on the space provided before each number.

______ 1. Poor scheduling of work

______ 2. Failure to meet expectations for product quality, cost or service
______ 3. Customer/client dissatisfaction

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
35
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

______ 4. Preventable accidents

______ 5. Misuse of sick leave
______ 6. Tardiness
______ 7. Slow response to work requests
______ 8. Break time
______ 9. Excessive visiting
______ 10. Spoilage and/or waste of materials

IV. Write TRUE if the statement is correct and FALSE if the otherwise is wrong.

__________ 1. Poor attitude results in performance problem.

__________ 2. A safe working procedure should be written when retrieving old tasks.
__________ 3. Preventable accidents may affect the quantity of work.
__________ 4. Following certain procedure is very important in performing given operation or
to a given event.
__________ 5. Safe working procedure should not identify the tasks that are to be undertaken
that pose risks.

V. What is Workplace Procedure?

________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

Quality Standards

VI. Write T if the statement is correct and F if the otherwise.

________ 1. Standards are set of rules that describe quality of materials, product or system.
________ 2. Quality assurance does not cover all the activities from design, development, up to
documentation.
________ 3. Customer service is a series of activities designed to enhance the level of customer
satisfaction.
________ 4. Customer service is not important in the company’s customer value proposition.
________ 5. The durability of the work do not depend on the skills of those who install it.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
36
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 3
Obtaining tools, equipment and testing
devices needed to carry out the
installation
Computer Lab Procedures and Tool Use
Lesson Description
This lesson discusses safe lab procedures and basic safety practices for the workplace, correct
tool usage, and the proper disposal of computer components and supplies. The guidelines
presented help keep IT workers safe while protecting the environment and workplace from
contamination caused by improperly discarded materials.

Objectives
Upon completion of this chapter, you will be able to answer the following questions:

• What are safe working conditions and procedures?

• What procedures help protect equipment and data?
• What procedures help to properly dispose of hazardous computer components and
related material?
• What tools and software are used with personal computer components and what is
their purpose?
• What is proper tool use?

Proper Use of Tools

Using tools properly helps prevent accidents and damage to equipment and people. This section
describes and covers the proper use of a variety of hardware, software, and organizational tools
specific to working with computers and peripherals.

Hardware Tools
For every job there is the right tool. Make sure that you are familiar with the correct use of each
tool and that the correct tool is used for the current task. Skilled use of tools and software makes
the job less difficult and ensures that tasks are performed properly and safely.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
37
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

A toolkit should contain all the tools necessary to complete hardware repairs. As you gain
experience, you learn which tools to have available for different types of jobs. Hardware tools
are grouped into four categories:

• ESD tools
• Hand tools
• Cleaning tools
• Diagnostic tools

Figure 2-2 shows some common tools used in computer repair.

Figure 2-2.Computer Tools

ESD Tools
There are two ESD tools: the antistatic wrist strap and the antistatic mat. The antistatic wrist
strap protects computer equipment when grounded to a computer chassis. The antistatic mat
protects computer equipment by preventing static electricity from accumulating on the hardware
or on the technician.

Hand Tools
Most tools used in the computer assembly process are small hand tools. They are available
individually or as part of a computer repair toolkit. Toolkits range widely in size, quality, and
price. Some common hand tools and their uses are:

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
38
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Flat-head screwdriver: Used to tighten or loosen slotted screws.

• Phillips-head screwdriver: Used to tighten or loosen cross-headed screws.
• Torx screwdriver: Used to tighten or loosen screws that have a star-like depression on the
top, a feature that is mainly found on laptops.
• Hex driver: Used to tighten or loosen nuts in the same way that a screwdriver tightens or
loosens screws (sometimes called a nut driver).
• Needle-nose pliers: Used to hold small parts.
• Wire cutters: Used to strip and cut wires.
• Tweezers: Used to manipulate small parts.
• Part retriever: Used to retrieve parts from locations that are too small for your hand to
fit.
• Flashlight: Used to light up areas that you cannot see well.
• Wire stripper: A wire stripper is used to remove the insulation from wire so that it can be
twisted to other wires or crimped to connectors to make a cable.
• Crimper: Used to attach connectors to wires.
• Punch-down tool: Used to terminate wire into termination blocks. Some cable
connectors must be connected to cables using a punch down tool.

Cleaning Tools
Having the appropriate cleaning tools is essential when maintaining and repairing computers.
Using the appropriate cleaning tools helps ensure that computer components are not damaged
during cleaning. Cleaning tools include the following:

• Soft cloth: Used to clean different computer components without scratching or leaving
debris
• Compressed air: Used to blow away dust and debris from different computer parts
without touching the components
• Cable ties: Used to bundle cables neatly inside and outside of a computer
• Parts organizer: Used to hold screws, jumpers, fasteners, and other small parts and
prevents them from getting mixed together

Diagnostic Tools

Diagnostic tools are used to test and diagnose equipment. Diagnostic tools include the following:

• A digital multimeter, as shown in Figure 2-3, is a device that can take many types of
measurements. It tests the integrity of circuits and the quality of electricity in computer
components. A digital multimeter displays the information on an LCD or LED.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
39
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Figure 2-3.Multimeter

• A loopback adapter, also called a loopback plug, tests the basic functionality of computer
ports. The adapter is specific to the port that you want to test.
• The toner probe, as shown in Figure 2-4, is a two-part tool. The toner part is connected to
a cable at one end using specific adapters, such as an RJ-45, coaxial, or metal clips. The
toner generates a tone that travels the length of the cable. The probe part traces the cable.
When the probe is in near proximity to the cable to which the toner is attached, the tone
can be heard through a speaker in the probe.

Figure 2-4.Toner Probe

Although an external hard drive enclosure is not a diagnostic tool, it is often used when
diagnosing and repairing computers. The customer hard drive is placed into the external
enclosure for inspection, diagnosis, and repair using a known-working computer. Backups can
also be recorded to a drive in an external enclosure to prevent data corruption during a computer
repair.

Software Tools
Like hardware tools, there are a variety of software tools that can be used to help technicians
pinpoint and troubleshoot problems. Many of these tools are free and several come with the
Windows operating system.
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
40
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Disk Management Tools

Software tools help diagnose computer and network problems and determine which computer
device is not functioning correctly. A technician must be able to use a range of software tools to
diagnose problems, maintain hardware, and protect the data stored on a computer.

You must be able to identify which software to use in different situations. Disk management
tools help detect and correct disk errors, prepare a disk for data storage, and remove unwanted
files.

The following are some disk management tools:

• FDISK: A command-line tool that creates and deletes partitions on a hard drive. The
FDISK tool is not available in Windows XP, Vista, or 7. It has been replaced with the
Disk Management tool.
• Disk Management Tool: Initializes disks, creates partitions, and formats partitions.
• Format: Prepares a hard drive to store information.
• ScanDisk or CHKDSK: Checks the integrity of files and folders on a hard drive by
scanning the file system. These tools might also check the disk surface for physical
errors.
• Defrag: Optimizes space on a hard drive to allow faster access to programs and data.
• Disk Cleanup: Clears space on a hard drive by searching for files that can be safely
deleted.
• System File Checker (SFC): A command-line tool that scans the operating system
critical files and replaces files that are corrupted.

Use the Windows 7 boot disk for troubleshooting and repairing corrupted files. The Windows 7
boot disk repairs Windows system files, restores damaged or lost files, and reinstalls the
operating system.

Third-party software tools are also available to assist in troubleshooting problems.

Protection Software Tools

Each year, viruses, spyware, and other types of malicious attacks infect millions of computers.
These attacks can damage operating systems, applications, and data. Computers that have been
infected may even have problems with hardware performance or component failure.

To protect data and the integrity of the operating system and hardware, use software designed to
guard against attacks and to remove malicious programs.

Various types of software protect hardware and data:

• Windows 7 Action Center: Checks the status of essential security settings. The Action
Center continuously checks to make sure that the software firewall and antivirus

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
41
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

programs are running. It also ensures that automatic updates download and install
automatically.
• Antivirus program: Protects against virus attacks.
• Antispyware program: Protects against software that sends information about web
surfing habits to an attacker. Spyware can be installed without the knowledge or consent
of the user.
• Window 7 Firewall: Runs continuously to protect against unauthorized communications
to and from your computer.

Organizational Tools
Keeping accurate records and journals during a busy workday can be challenging. Many
organizational tools, such as work-order systems, can help the technician document their work.

Reference Tools

A technician must document all repairs and computer problems. The documentation can then be
used as a reference for future problems or for other technicians who may not have encountered
the problem before. The documents can be paper based, but electronic forms are preferred
because they can be easily searched for specific problems.

It is important that a technician document all services and repairs. These documents need to be
stored centrally and made available to all other technicians. The documentation can then be used
as reference material for similar problems that are encountered in the future. Good customer
service includes providing the customer with a detailed description of the problem and the
solution.

Personal Reference Tools

Personal reference tools include troubleshooting guides, manufacturer manuals, quick reference
guides, and repair journals. In addition to an invoice, a technician keeps a journal of upgrades
and repairs. The documentation in the journal includes descriptions of the problem, possible
solutions that have been attempted, and the steps taken to repair the problem. Note any
configuration changes made to the equipment and any replacement parts used in the repair. This
documentation is valuable when you encounter similar situations in the future.

• Notes: Make notes as you go through the troubleshooting and repair process. Refer to
these notes to avoid repeating previous steps and to determine what steps to take next.
• Journal: Document the upgrades and repairs that you perform. Include descriptions of
the problem, possible solutions that have been tried to correct the problem, and the steps
taken to repair the problem. Note any configuration changes made to the equipment and
any replacement parts used in the repair. Your journal, along with your notes, can be
valuable when you encounter similar situations in the future.
• History of repairs: Make a detailed list of problems and repairs, including the date,
replacement parts, and customer information. The history allows a technician to
determine what work has been performed on a specific computer in the past.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
42
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Internet Reference Tools

The Internet is an excellent source of information about specific hardware problems and possible
solutions:

• Internet search engines

• News groups
• Manufacturer FAQs
• Online computer manuals
• Online forums and chat
• Technical websites

Miscellaneous Tools

With experience, you will discover many additional items to add to the toolkit. Figure 2-5 shows
how a roll of masking tape can be used to label parts that have been removed from a computer
when a parts organizer is not available.

Figure 2-5.Parts Labels

A working computer is also a valuable resource to take with you on computer repairs in the field.
A working computer can be used to research information, download tools or drivers, and
communicate with other technicians.

Figure 2-6 shows the types of computer replacement parts to include in a toolkit. Make sure that
the parts are in good working order before you use them. Using known good components to
replace possible bad ones in computers helps you quickly determine which component is not
working properly.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
43
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Figure 2-6.Replacement Computer Parts

Demonstrate Proper Tool Use

This section describes the proper use of common tools used to protect, repair, and clean
computers and peripherals.

Antistatic Wrist Strap

Safety in
the workplace is everyone’s responsibility. You are much less likely to injure yourself
or damage components when using the proper tool for the job.

Before cleaning or repairing equipment, make sure that your tools are in good condition. Clean,
repair, or replace items that are not functioning adequately.

An example of ESD is the small shock that you receive when you walk across a carpeted room
and touch a doorknob. Although the small shock is harmless to you, the same electrical charge
passing from you to a computer can damage its components. Self-grounding or wearing an
antistatic wrist strap can prevent ESD damage to computer components.

The purpose of self-grounding or wearing an antistatic wrist strap is to equalize the electrical
charge between you and the equipment. Self-grounding is done by touching a bare metal part of
a computer case. The antistatic wrist strap is a conductor that connects your body to the
equipment that you are working on. When static electricity builds up in your body, the
connection made by the wrist strap to the equipment, or ground, channels the electricity through
the wire that connects the strap.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
44
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

As shown in Figure 2-7, the wrist strap has two parts and is easy to wear. Following is the proper
procedure for using an antistatic wrist strap:

• Step 1. Wrap the strap around your wrist and secure it using the snap or Velcro. The
metal on the back of the wrist strap must remain in contact with your skin at all times.
• Step 2. Snap the connector on the end of the wire to the wrist strap, and connect the other
end either to the equipment or to the same grounding point that the antistatic mat is
connected to. The metal skeleton of the case is a good place to connect the wire. When
connecting the wire to equipment that you are working on, choose an unpainted metal
surface. A painted surface does not conduct electricity as well as unpainted metal.

Figure 2-7.Antistatic Wrist Strap

NOTE

Attach the wire on the same side of the equipment as the arm wearing the antistatic wrist strap. This helps
keep the wire out of the way while you are working.

Although wearing a wrist strap helps prevent ESD, you can further reduce the risks by not wearing
clothing made of silk, polyester, or wool. These fabrics are more likely to generate a static charge.

NOTE

Technicians should roll up their sleeves, remove scarves or ties, and tuck in shirts to prevent
interference from clothing. Ensure that earrings, necklaces, and other loose jewelry are properly
secured.

CAUTION

Never wear an antistatic wrist strap if you are repairing a CRT monitor or a power supply unit.

Antistatic Mat

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
45
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

You might not always have the option to work on a computer in a properly equipped workspace.
If you can control the environment, try to set up your workspace away from carpeted areas.
Carpets can cause the buildup of electrostatic charges. If you cannot avoid the carpeting, ground
yourself to the unpainted portion of the case of the computer on which you are working before
touching any components.

An antistatic mat is slightly conductive. It works by drawing static electricity away from a
component and transferring it safely from equipment to a grounding point, as shown in Figure 2-
8. Following is the proper procedure for using an antistatic mat:

• Step 1. Lay the mat on the workspace next to or under the computer case.
• Step 2. Clip the mat to the case to provide a grounded surface on which you can place parts as you remove
them from the system.

Figure 2-8.Antistatic Mat

When you are working at a workbench, ground the workbench and the antistatic floor mat. By
standing on the mat and wearing the wrist strap, your body has the same charge as the equipment
and reduces the probability of ESD. Either connect the table-top mat and the floor mat to each
other, or connect both to the electrical earth ground.

Reducing the potential for ESD reduces the likelihood of damage to delicate circuits or
components.

NOTE

Always handle components by the edges.

Hand Tools

A technician needs to be able to properly use each tool in the toolkit. This topic covers many of
the various hand tools used when repairing computers.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
46
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Screws
Match each screw with the proper screwdriver. Place the tip of the screwdriver on the head of the
screw. Turn the screwdriver clockwise to tighten the screw and counterclockwise to loosen the
screw.

Screws can become stripped if you over-tighten them with a screwdriver. A stripped screw, as
shown in Figure 2-9, may get stuck in the screw hole, or it may not tighten firmly. Discard
stripped screws.

Figure 2-9.Stripped Screw

Flat-Head Screwdriver
Use a flat-head screwdriver when you are working with a slotted screw. Do not use a flat-head
screwdriver to remove a Phillips-head screw. Never use a screwdriver as a pry bar. If you cannot
remove a component, check to see if there is a clip or latch that is securing the component in
place.

CAUTION

If excessive force is needed to remove or add a component, something is probably wrong. Take a
second look to make sure that you have not missed a screw or a locking clip that is holding the
component in place. Refer to the device manual or diagram for additional information.

Phillips-Head Screwdriver
Use a Phillips-head screwdriver with crosshead screws. Do not use this type of screwdriver to
puncture anything. This will damage the head of the screwdriver.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
47
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Hex Driver
Use a hex driver, shown in Figure 2-10, to loosen and tighten bolts that have a hexagonal (six-
sided) head. Hex bolts should not be over-tightened because the threads of the bolts can be
stripped. Do not use a hex driver that is too large for the bolt that you are using.

Figure 2-10.Hex Driver

CAUTION

Some tools are magnetized. When working around electronic devices, be sure that the tools you
are using have not been magnetized. Magnetic fields can be harmful to data stored on magnetic
media. Test your tool by touching the tool with a screw. If the screw is attracted to the tool, do
not use the tool.

Component Retrieving Tools

Needle-nose pliers and tweezers can be used to place and retrieve parts that may be hard to reach
with your fingers. There are also tools called part retrievers that are specifically designed for this
task. Do not scratch or hit any components when using these tools.

CAUTION

Pencils should not be used inside the computer to change the setting of switches or to pry off
jumpers. The pencil lead can act as a conductor and may damage the computer components.

A computer technician needs proper tools to work safely and prevent damage to the computer
equipment. A technician uses many tools to diagnose and repair computer problems:

• Straight-head screwdriver, large and • Needle-nosed pliers

small • Wire cutters
• Phillips-head screwdriver, large and • Chip extractor
small • Hex wrench set
• Tweezers or part retriever • Torx screwdriver
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
48
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Nut driver, large and small • Small dust brush

• Three-claw component holder • Soft, lint-free cloth
• Wire stripper • Cable ties
• Crimper • Scissors
• Punch-down tool • Small flashlight
• Digital multimeter • Electrical tape
• Wrap plugs • Pencil or pen
• Small mirror • Compressed air

Various specialty tools, such as Torx bits, antistatic bags and gloves, and integrated circuit
pullers, can be used to repair and maintain computers. Always avoid magnetized tools, such as
screwdrivers with magnetic heads, or tools that use extension magnets to retrieve small metal
objects that are out of reach. Using magnetic tools can cause loss of data on hard drives and
floppy disks. Magnetic tools can also induce current, which can damage internal computer
components.

Additionally, there are specialized testing devices used to diagnose computer and cable
problems:

• Multimeter: A device that measures AC/DC voltage, electric current, and other cable
and electrical characteristics.
• Power supply tester: A device that checks whether the computer power supply is
working properly. A simple power supply tester might just have indicator lights, while
more advanced versions show the amount of voltage and amperage.
• Cable tester: A device that checks for wiring shorts or faults, such as wires connected to
the wrong pin.
• Loopback plug: A device that connects to a computer, hub, switch, or router port to
perform a diagnostic procedure called a loopback test. In a loopback test, a signal is
transmitted through a circuit and then returned to the sending device to test the integrity
of the data transmission.

Cleaning Materials
Keeping computers clean inside and out is a vital part of a maintenance program. Dirt can cause
problems with the physical operation of fans, buttons, and other mechanical components. On
electrical components, an excessive buildup of dust acts like an insulator and traps the heat. This
insulation impairs the ability of heat sinks and cooling fans to keep components cool, causing
chips and circuits to overheat and fail.

NOTE

When using compressed air to clean inside the computer, blow the air around the components
with a minimum distance of 4 in. (10 cm) from the nozzle. Clean the power supply and the fan
from the back of the case.

CAUTION

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
49
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Before cleaning any device, turn it off and unplug the device from the power source.

Computer Cases and Monitors

Clean computer cases and the outside of monitors with a mild cleaning solution on a damp, lint-
free cloth. Mix one drop of dishwashing liquid with 4 oz (118 ml) of water to create the cleaning
solution. If water drips inside the case, allow enough time for the liquid to dry before powering
on the computer.

LCD Screens

Do not use ammoniated glass cleaners or any other solution on an LCD screen, unless the cleaner
is specifically designed for the purpose. Harsh chemicals damage the coating on the screen.
There is no glass protecting these screens, so be gentle when cleaning them and do not press
firmly on the screen.

CRT Screens

To clean the screens of CRT monitors, dampen a soft, clean, lint-free cloth with distilled water
and wipe the screen from top to bottom. Then use a soft, dry cloth to wipe the screen and remove
streaking.

Components

Clean dusty components with a can of compressed air. Compressed air does not cause
electrostatic buildup on components. Make sure that you are in a well-ventilated area before
blowing the dust out of the computer. A best practice is to wear a dust mask to make sure that
you do not breathe in the dust particles.

Blow out the dust using short bursts from the can. Never tip the can or use the can upside down.
Do not allow the fan blades to spin from the force of the compressed air. Hold the fan in place.
Fan motors can be ruined from spinning when the motor is not turned on.

Component Contacts

Clean the contacts on components with isopropyl alcohol. Do not use rubbing alcohol. Rubbing
alcohol contains impurities that can damage contacts. Make sure that the contacts do not collect
lint from the cloth or cotton swab. Before reinstallation, use compressed air to blow lint off the
contacts.

Keyboards

Clean a desktop keyboard with compressed air and then use a handheld vacuum cleaner with a
brush attachment to remove the loose dust.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
50
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

CAUTION

Never use a standard vacuum cleaner inside a computer case. The plastic parts of the vacuum
cleaner can build up static electricity and discharge to the components. Use only vacuums that
are approved for electronic components.

Mice

Use glass cleaner and a soft cloth to clean the outside of the mouse. Do not spray glass cleaner
directly on the mouse. If cleaning a ball mouse, you can remove the ball and clean it with glass
cleaner and a soft cloth. Wipe the rollers clean inside the mouse with the same cloth. Do not
spray any liquids inside the mouse.

Table 2-1 shows the computer items that you should clean and the cleaning materials to use.

Table 2-1. Computer Cleaning Materials

Computer case and outside of Mild cleaning solution and lint-free cloth
monitor
LCD screen LCD cleaning solution or distilled water and lint-free
cloth
CRT screen Distilled water and lint-free cloth
Heat sink Compressed air
RAM Isopropyl alcohol and lint-free swab
Keyboard Handheld vacuum cleaner with a brush attachment
Mouse Glass cleaner and a soft cloth.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
51
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #3

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score

Instruction: Box the letter of the correct answer

1. How should a technician discharge static buildup while working on a computer system?
A. Maintain contact with the painted part of the computer case.
B. Maintain contact with an unpainted part of the computer case.
C. Touch an antistatic wrist strap before touching any computer equipment.
D. Touch an antistatic mat before touching any computer equipment.
2. Which of the following is a fact sheet that summarizes information about material
identification, including hazardous ingredients that can affect personal health, fire
hazards, and first aid requirements?
A. ESD
B. MSDS
C. OSHA
D. UPS
3. Which two statements are true of static electricity? (Choose two.)
A. It can distort wireless signals.
B. More than 10,000 volts can build up on a person.
C. As few as 30 volts can damage computer components.
D. It will not harm computer components as long as the computer is plugged in.
E. Keeping the air cool and dry can decrease the buildup of static electricity.
F. It is generated by devices such as motors, power lines, and radio transmitters.
4. Which recommendation should be followed first when a fire in the workplace is out of
control?
A. Try to use the elevators to get to the lowest floor faster.
B. Get out of the room or building and contact emergency services for help.
C. Use the company water system to stop the fire from extending to other areas.
D. Try to control the fire with proper extinguishers.
5. Which device is designed specifically to protect computers and electrical devices from
excess electrical voltage?
A. Power strip
B. Standby power supply
C. Surge protector
D. Uninterruptible power supply
6. Which piece of software is designed to protect against unauthorized communications to
and from a computer?

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
52
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

A. Security center
B. Port scanner
C. Antimalware
D. Antivirus
E. Firewall
7. What is an accepted method for cleaning computer components?
A. Using ammonia to clean the LCD screen
B. Using rubbing alcohol to clean component contacts
C. Using a lint-free cloth to remove dust inside the computer case
D. Using glass cleaner on a soft cloth to clean the outside of the mouse
8. Which tool would be used to scan Windows critical system files and replace any
corrupted files?
A. SFC
B. CHKDSK
C. Fdisk
D. Defrag
9. Which condition refers to a sudden and dramatic increase in voltage, which is usually
caused by lighting?
A. Brownout
B. Sag
C. Spike
D. Surge
10. Which tool can be used to take resistance and voltage measurements?
A. Multimeter
B. power supply tester
C. cable tester
D. loopback plug

1st Quarter Performance Task #1

Diagnostic Software

In this worksheet, use the Internet to gather information about a hard drive diagnostic program. Be prepared to
discuss the diagnostic software you researched. Write the information you gather in a sheet of paper.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
53
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 4
“Personal Computers”
Personal Computer is a general-purpose
computer whose size, capabilities and original
sale price make it useful for individuals, and is
intended to be operated directly by an end-user
with no intervening computer operator. This
contrasts with the batch processing or time-
sharing models that allowed larger, more
expensive minicomputer and mainframe systems
to be used by many people, usually at the same
https://images.app.goo.gl/dupXLkWNxZcfy6JW time. A related term is “PC” that was initially an
6
acronym for “personal computer,” but later became used primarily to refer to the ubiquitous
Wintel platform.
Software applications for most personal computers include, but are not limited to, word
processing, spreadsheets, databases, web browsers and e-mail clients, digital media playback,
games and myriad personal productivity and special-purpose software applications. Modern
personal computers often have connections to the Internet, allowing access to the World Wide
Web and a wide range of other resources. Personal computers may be connected to a local area
network (LAN), either by a cable or a wireless connection. A personal computer may be a
desktop computer or a laptop, netbook, tablet or a handheld PC.

History
The Programma 101 was the first commercial
“desktop personal computer”, produced by the
Italian company Olivetti and invented by the
Italian engineer Pier Giorgio Perotto, inventor of
the magnetic card system. The project started in
1962.

NASA bought at least ten Programma 101s and

https://images.app.goo.gl/gAMKEqGe1kr3PUea6
used them for the calculations for the 1969 Apollo
11 Moon landing. Then ABC used the Programma
101 to predict the presidential election of 1969, and the U.S. military used the machine to plan
their operations in the Vietnam War. The Programma 101 was also used in schools, hospitals,
government offices. This marked the beginning of the era of the personal computer.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
54
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

In what was later to be called the Mother of All Demos, SRI researcher Douglas Engelbart in
1968 gave a preview of what would become the staples of daily working life in the 21st century:
e-mail, hypertext, word processing, video conferencing and the mouse. The demonstration
required technical support staff and a mainframe time-sharing computer that were far too costly
for individual business use at the time.

By the early 1970s, people in academic or research

institutions had the opportunity for single-person
use of a computer system in interactive mode for
extended durations, although these systems would
still have been too expensive to be owned by a
single person.
In 1973 the IBM Los Gatos Scientific Center
developed a portable computer prototype called
SCAMP (Special Computer APL Machine
Commodore PET in 1983 (at American
Portable) based on the IBM PALM processor with
Museum of Science and Energy)
a Philips compact cassette drive, small CRT and
full function keyboard. SCAMP emulated an IBM
1130 minicomputer in order to run APL\1130. In 1973 APL was generally available only on
mainframe computers, and most desktop sized microcomputers such as the Wang 2200 or HP
9800 offered only BASIC. Because SCAMP was the first to emulate APL\1130 performance on
a portable, single user computer, PC Magazine in 1983 designated SCAMP a “revolutionary
concept” and “the world’s first personal computer.”

Early personal computers—generally called

microcomputers—were often sold in a kit form and
in limited volumes, and were of interest mostly to
hobbyists and technicians. Minimal programming
was done with toggle switches to enter
instructions, and output was provided by front
panel lamps. Practical use required adding
peripherals such as keyboards, computer displays,
disk drives, and printers. Micral N was the earliest
IBM Personal Computer XT in 1988 commercial, non-kit microcomputer based on a
microprocessor, the Intel 8008. It was built starting
in 1972 and about 90,000 units were sold.

The first successfully mass marketed personal computer was the Commodore PET introduced in
January 1977, but back-ordered and not available until later in the year. At the same time, the
Apple II (usually referred to as the “Apple”) was introduced (June 1977), and the TRS-80 from
Tandy Corporation/Tandy Radio Shack in summer 1977, delivered in September in a small
number. Mass-market ready-assembled computers allowed a wider range of people to use
computers, focusing more on software applications and less on development of the processor
hardware.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
55
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

The 8-bit PMD 85 personal computer produced in

1985-1990 by the Tesla company in the former
socialist Czechoslovakia. This computer was
produced locally (in Piešťany) due to a lack of
foreign currency with which to buy systems from the
West.
During the early 1980s, home computers were further
developed for household use, with software for
The 8-bit PMD 85 personal productivity, programming and games.
They typically could be used with a television
already in the home as the computer display, with
low-detail blocky graphics and a limited color range, and text about 40 characters wide by 25
characters tall. Sinclair Research, a UK company, produced the ZX Series: the ZX80 (1980),
ZX81 (1981), and the ZX Spectrum; the latter was introduced in 1982, and totaled 8 million unit
sold. Following came the Commodore 64, totaled 17 million units sold.

Somewhat larger and more expensive systems (for example, running CP/M), or sometimes a
home computer with additional interfaces and devices, although still low-cost compared with
minicomputers and mainframes, were aimed at office and small business use, typically using
“high resolution” monitors capable of at least 80 column text display, and often no graphical or
color drawing capability.
Workstations were characterized by high-performance processors and graphics displays, with
large-capacity local disk storage, networking capability, and running under a multitasking
operating system.
Eventually, due to the influence of the IBM PC on the
personal computer market, personal computers and
home computers lost any technical distinction.
Business computers acquired color graphics
capability and sound, and home computers and game
systems users used the same processors and operating
systems as office workers. Mass-market computers
had graphics capabilities and memory comparable to
dedicated workstations of a few years before. Even
IBM 5150, released in 1981 local area networking, originally a way to allow
business computers to share expensive mass storage
and peripherals, became a standard feature of personal computers used at home.
In 1982 “The Computer” was named Machine of the Year by Time Magazine.
In the 2010s, several companies such as Hewlett-Packard and Sony sold off their PC and laptop
divisions. As a result, the personal computer was declared dead several times during this time.
Terminology
“PC” is an initialism for “personal computer.” However, it is used in a different sense: It means a
personal computer with an Intel x86-compatible processor running Microsoft Windows
(sometimes called Wintel). “PC” is used in contrast with “Mac”, an Apple Macintosh computer.
This sense of the word is used in Get a Mac advertisement campaign that run between 2006 to
2009, as well as its rival, I’m a PC campaign, that appeared on 2008.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
56
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Types
Workstation
Workstation is a high-end personal
computer designed for technical,
mathematical, or scientific applications.
Intended primarily to be used by one
person at a time, they are commonly
connected to a local area network and run
multi-user operating systems.
Workstations are used for tasks such as
computer-aided design, drafting and
https://images.app.goo.gl/26LG4AN1ZV7S3uqY6 modeling, computation-intensive
scientific and engineering calculations,
image processing, architectural modeling, and computer graphics for animation and motion
picture visual effects.

Desktop Computer
Prior to the widespread usage of
PCs, a computer that could fit on a desk
was remarkably small, leading to the
“desktop” nomenclature. More recently, the
phrase usually indicates a particular style of
computer case. Desktop computers come in
a variety of styles ranging from large
vertical tower cases to small models which
can be tucked behind an LCD monitor. In
https://images.app.goo.gl/dupXLkWNxZcfy6JW6
this sense, the term “desktop” refers
specifically to a horizontally oriented case,
usually intended to have the display screen placed on top to save desk space. Most modern
desktop computers have separate screens and keyboards.

Gaming Computer
Gaming computer is a standard desktop
computer that typically has high-performance
hardware, such as a more powerful video card,
processor and memory, in order to handle the
requirements of demanding video games, which
are often simply called “PC games.” A number
of companies, such as Alienware, manufacture
prebuilt gaming computers, and companies such
as Razer and Logitech market mice, keyboards
and headsets geared toward gamers.
https://images.app.goo.gl/X6VXX3HgR2a5CJPM7

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
57
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Single Unit
Single-unit PCs (also known as all-in-one PCs)
are a subtype of desktop computers that combine
the monitor and case of the computer within a
single unit. The monitor often utilizes a
touchscreen as an optional method of user input,
but separate keyboards and mice are normally
still included. The inner components of the PC
are often located directly behind the monitor and
https://images.app.goo.gl/gatoD1aiA3g6f6Uv9 many of such PCs are built similarly to laptops.

Nettop
Subtype of desktops, called nettops, was
introduced by Intel in February 2008,
characterized by low cost and lean
functionality. A similar subtype of laptops (or
notebooks) is the netbook, described below.
The product line features the new Intel Atom
processor, which specifically enables nettops to
consume less power and fit into small
enclosures.
https://images.app.goo.gl/LDQNjFqGdt3eWPfa9

Home Theater PC
Home theater PC (HTPC) is a convergence
device that combines the functions of a personal
computer and a digital video recorder. It is
connected to a TV set or an appropriately sized
computer display, and is often used as a digital
photo viewer, music and video player, TV
receiver, and digital video recorder. HTPCs are
also referred to as media center systems or media
servers. The general goal in a HTPC is usually to
An Antec Fusion V2 home theater PC, with a
combine many or all components of a home
keyboard placed on top of it.
theater setup into one box. More recently, HTPCs
gained the ability to connect to services providing on-demand movies and TV shows.
HTPCs can be purchased pre-configured with the required hardware and software needed to add
television programming to the PC, or can be cobbled together out of discrete components, what
is commonly done with software support from MythTV, Windows Media Center, GB-PVR,
SageTV, Famulent or LinuxMCE.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
58
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Laptop
Laptop computer or simply laptop, also
called a notebook computer, is a small personal
computer designed for portability. Usually, all of
the hardware and interfaces needed to operate a
laptop, such as the graphics card, audio devices or
USB ports (previously parallel and serial ports),
are built into a single unit. Laptops contain high-
capacity batteries that can power the device for
extensive periods of time, enhancing portability.
Once the battery charge is depleted, it will have to
Laptop Computer be recharged through a power outlet. In the
interests of saving power, weight and space,
laptop graphics cards are in many cases integrated into the CPU or chipset and use system RAM,
resulting in reduced graphics performance when compared to an equivalent desktop machine.
For this reason, desktop or gaming computers are usually preferred to laptop PCs for gaming
purposes.
One of the drawbacks of laptops is that, due to the size and configuration of components, usually
relatively little can be done to upgrade the overall computer from its original design. Internal
upgrades are either not manufacturer-recommended, can damage the laptop if done with poor
care or knowledge, or in some cases impossible, making the desktop PC more modular. Some
internal upgrades, such as memory and hard disk drive upgrades are often easily performed,
while a display or keyboard upgrade is usually impossible. Just as desktops, laptops also have the
same possibilities for connecting to a wide variety of devices, including external displays, mice,
cameras, storage devices and keyboards, which may be attached externally through USB ports
and other less common ports such as external video.

Netbook
Netbooks, also called mini notebooks or
subnotebooks, are a subgroup of laptops acting as
a category of small, lightweight and inexpensive
laptop computers suited for general computing
tasks and accessing web-based applications. They
are often marketed as “companion devices”, with
an intention to augment other ways in which a user
can access computer resources. Walt Mossberg
An HP netbook called them a “relatively new category of small,
light, minimalist and cheap laptops.” By August
2009, CNET called netbooks “nothing more than
smaller, cheaper notebooks.” In the short period since their appearance, netbooks have grown in
size and features, converging with new smaller and lighter notebooks. By mid-2009, CNET
noted that “the specs are so similar that the average shopper would likely be confused as to why
one is better than the other,” noting “the only conclusion is that there really is no distinction
between the devices.”

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
59
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Tablet
Tablet is a type of portable PC that de-emphasizes
the use of traditional input devices (such as a mouse
or keyboard) by using a touchscreen display, which
can be controlled using either a stylus pen or finger.
Some tablets may use a “hybrid” or “convertible”
design, offering a keyboard that can either be
removed as an attachment, or a screen that can be
HP Compaq tablet PC with rotated and folded directly over top the keyboard.
rotating/removable keyboard
Some tablets may run a traditional PC operating
system such as Windows or Linux; Microsoft
attempted to enter the tablet market in 2002 with its Microsoft Tablet PC specifications, for
tablets and convertible laptops running Windows XP. However, Microsoft’s early attempts were
overshadowed by the release of Apple’s iPad; following in its footsteps, most modern tablets use
slate designs and run mobile operating systems such as Android and iOS, giving them
functionality similar to smartphones. In response, Microsoft built its Windows 8 operating
system to better accommodate these new touch-oriented devices.

Ultra-Mobile PC
Ultra-mobile PC (UMPC) is a specification for
small-configuration tablet PCs. It was developed as
a joint development exercise by Microsoft, Intel
and Samsung, among others. Current UMPCs
typically feature the Windows XP, Windows Vista,
Windows 7, or Linux operating system, and low-
voltage Intel Atom or VIA C7-M processors.

A Samsung Q1 ultra-mobile PC
Pocket PC

Pocket PC is a hardware specification for a handheld-sized computer

(personal digital assistant, PDA) that runs the Microsoft Windows
Mobile operating system. It may have the capability to run an
alternative operating system like NetBSD or Linux. Pocket PCs have
many of the capabilities of modern desktop PCs.
Numerous applications are available for handhelds adhering to the
Microsoft Pocket PC specification, many of which are freeware.
Some of these devices also include mobile phone features, actually
representing a smartphone. Microsoft-compliant Pocket PCs can also
be used with many other add-ons like GPS receivers, barcode readers,
RFID readers and cameras. In 2007, with the release of Windows
An O2 pocket PC Mobile 6, Microsoft dropped the name Pocket PC in favor of a new
naming scheme: devices without an integrated phone are called
Windows Mobile Classic instead of Pocket PC, while devices with an
integrated phone and a touch screen are called Windows Mobile Professional.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
60
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #4

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score

Identification: Fill-out the blank with correct answer. Choose the possible answer inside the box.

Ultra-Mobile PC Desktop Computer Nettop Programma 101

Tablet Gaming Computer Laptop personal computer
Workstation Netbook Home Theater PC PMD 85
Single Unit Pocket PC Commodore PET

1. __________________ Subtype of desktops, was introduced by Intel in February 2008.

2. __________________ In January 1977 the first successfully mass marketed personal
computer.
3. __________________ refers specifically to a horizontally oriented case, usually intended to
have the display screen placed on top to save desk space.
4. __________________ convergence device that combines the functions of a personal computer
and a digital video recorder.
5. __________________ acting as a category of small, lightweight and inexpensive laptop
computers suited for general computing tasks and accessing web-based applications.
6. __________________ a type of portable PC that de-emphasizes the use of traditional input
devices by using a touchscreen display, which can be controlled using either a stylus pen or
finger.
7. _________________ a hardware specification for a handheld-sized computer (personal digital
assistant, PDA) that runs the Microsoft Windows Mobile operating system.
8. _________________ also called a notebook computer, is a small personal computer designed
for portability.
9. _________________ personal computer produced in 1985-1990 by the Tesla company in the
former socialist Czechoslovakia.
10. ________________ desktop computer that typically has high-performance hardware, such as
a more powerful video card, processor and memory, in order to handle the requirements of
demanding video games.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
61
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st QUARTER
Lesson 5
“Computer Hardware and Software”
Hardware
Computer hardware is a comprehensive term for all physical parts of a computer, as
distinguished from the data it contains or operates on, and the software that provides instructions
for the hardware to accomplish tasks. The boundary between hardware and software might be
slightly blurry, with the existence of firmware that is software “built into” the hardware.
Capabilities of the personal computers hardware can sometimes be extended by the addition of
expansion cards connected via an expansion bus. Standard peripheral buses often used for adding
expansion cards in personal computers include PCI, PCI Express (PCIe), and AGP (a high-speed
PCI bus dedicated to graphics adapters, found in older computers). Most modern personal
computers have multiple physical PCI Express expansion slots, with some of the having PCI
slots as well.

An exploded view of a modern personal computer and peripherals: (1) Scanner; (2) CPU
(Microprocessor); (3) Memory (RAM); (4) Expansion cards (graphics cards, etc.); (5) Power
supply; (6) Optical disc drive; (7) Storage (Hard disk or SSD); (8) Motherboard; (9) Speakers;
(10) Monitor; (11) System software; (12) Application software; (13) Keyboard; (14) Mouse; (15)
External hard disk; (16) Printer

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
62
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Computer Case
Computer case is an enclosure that contains
the main components of a computer. They are
usually constructed from steel or aluminum
combined with plastic, although other materials
such as wood have been used. Cases are
available in different sizes and shapes; the size
and shape of a computer case is usually
determined by the configuration of the
motherboard that it is designed to accommodate,
A stripped ATX case lying on its side. since this is the largest and most central
component of most computers.
The most popular style for desktop computers is ATX, although microATX and similar layouts
became very popular for a variety of uses. Companies like Shuttle Inc. and AOpen have
popularized small cases, for which FlexATX is the most common motherboard size.

Power Supply Unit

This is a Power Supply Unit, or PSU, for an
ATA computer. The top cover has been
removed to show the internals. As can be seen
from the stamped input rating (2A at 115V or
1A at 230V is 230 W), this is a low-power
supply. Assuming 75% efficiency, that's about
160W maximum output. The power supply unit
(PSU) converts general-purpose mains AC
Computer power supply unit electricity to direct current (DC) for the other
components of the computer. The rated output
capacity of a PSU should usually be about 40% greater than the calculated system power
consumption needs obtained by adding up all the system components. This protects against
overloading the supply, and guards against performance degradation.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
63
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Processor
The central processing unit, or CPU, is a part of a
computer that executes instructions of a software
program. In newer PCs, the CPU contains over a
million transistors in one integrated circuit chip called
the microprocessor. In most cases, the microprocessor
plugs directly into the motherboard. The chip
generates so much heat that the PC builder is required
AMD Athlon 64 X2 CPU. to attach a special cooling device to its surface; thus,
modern CPUs are equipped with a fanattached via heat sink. IBM PC compatible computers use
an x86-compatible microprocessor, manufactured by Intel, AMD, VIA Technologies or
Transmeta. Apple Macintosh computers were initially built with the Motorola 680×0 family of
processors, then switched to the PowerPC series; in 2006, they switched to x86-compatible
processors made by Intel.

Motherboard

The motherboard, also referred to as system board or

main board, is the primary circuit board within a
personal computer, and other major system
components plug directly into it or via a cable. A
motherboard contains a microprocessor, the CPU
supporting circuitry (mostly integrated circuits) that
provide the interface between memory and
input/output peripheral circuits, main memory, and
facilities for initial setup of the computer immediately
after power-on (often called boot firmware or, in IBM
A motherboard
PC compatible computers, a BIOS or UEFI).
In many portable and embedded personal computers,
the motherboard houses nearly all of the PC’s core components. Often a motherboard will also
contain one or more peripheral buses and physical connectors for expansion purposes.
Sometimes a secondary daughter board is connected to the motherboard to provide further
expandability or to satisfy space constraints.

Main Memory / RAM

Main memory is a fast primary
storage device that is directly accessible by
the CPU, and is used to store the currently
executing program and immediately needed
data. PCs use semiconductor random access
memory (RAM) of various kinds such as
1GB DDR SDRAM PC-3200 module

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
64
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

DRAM, SDRAM or SRAM as their primary storage. Which exact kind is used depends on
cost/performance issues at any particular time.
Main memory is much faster than mass storage devices like hard disk drives or optical discs, but
is usually volatile, meaning that it does not retain its contents (instructions or data) in the absence
of power, and is much more expensive for a given capacity than is most mass storage. As a
result, main memory is generally not suitable for long-term or archival data storage.

Hard Disk Drive

Mass storage devices store programs and data even
when the power is off; they do require power to
perform read and write functions during usage.
Although flash memory has dropped in cost, the
prevailing form of mass storage in personal
computers is still the hard disk drive.
If the mass storage controller provides additional
ports for expandability, a PC may also be upgraded
by the addition of extra hard disk or optical disc
drives. For example, BD-ROMs, DVD-RWs, and
various optical disc recorders may all be added by
the user to certain PCs. Standard internal storage
device connection interfaces are PATA, Serial ATA
A Western Digital 250 GB Hard and SCSI.
Disk Drive (HDD)

Solid State Drive

Solid state drives (SSDs) are a much faster (but also a
much more expensive) replacement for traditional
mechanical hard disk drives.

Solid state drives (SSDs)

https://images.app.goo.gl/TrPAEmnAfDRwxCzo9

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
65
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Visual Display Unit / Monitor

Visual display unit, computer monitor or just
display, is a piece of electrical equipment, usually
separate from the computer case, which displays
visual images without producing a permanent
computer record. A display device is usually either
a CRT or some form of flat panel such as a TFT
LCD. Multi-monitor setups are also quite
common.
Computer Monitor The display unit houses an electronic circuitry that
https://images.app.goo.gl/4bqh16rM3z4SVDNM9 generates its picture from signals received from the
computer. Within the computer, either integral to
the motherboard or plugged into it as an expansion card, there is pre-processing circuitry to
convert the microprocessor’s output data to a format compatible with the display unit’s circuitry.
The images from computer monitors originally contained only text, but as graphical user
interfaces emerged and became common, they began to display more images and multimedia
content.
The term “monitor” is also used, particularly by technicians in broadcasting television, where a
picture of the broadcast data is displayed to a highly standardized reference monitor for
confidence checking purposes.

Video Card
Video card—otherwise called a graphics card,
graphics adapter or video adapter—processes the
graphics output from the motherboard and transmits
it to the display. It is an essential part of modern
multimedia-enriched computing. On older models,
and today on budget models, graphics circuitry may
be integrated with the motherboard, but for modern
and flexible machines, they are connected by the
An ATI Radeon video card PCI, AGP, or PCI Express interface. When the IBM
PC was introduced, most existing business-oriented
personal computers used text-only display adapters and had no graphics capability. Home
computers at that time had graphics compatible with television signals, but with low resolution
by modern standards owing to the limited memory available to the eight-bit processors available
at the time.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
66
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Keyboard
Keyboard is an arrangement of buttons that each
correspond to a function, letter, or number. They
are the primary devices used for inputting text. In
most cases, they contain an array of keys
specifically organized with the corresponding
letters, numbers, and functions printed or engraved
on the button. They are generally designed around
an operators language, and many different versions
A “Model M” IBM computer keyboard from the
early 1980s. Commonly called the “Clicky
for different languages exist.
Keyboard” due to its buckling spring key spring In English, the most common layout is the
design, which gives the keyboard its iconic QWERTY layout, which was originally used in
‘Click’ sound with each keystroke.
typewriters. They have evolved over time, and have
been modified for use in computers with the
addition of function keys, number keys, arrow keys, and keys specific to an operating system.
Often, specific functions can be achieved by pressing multiple keys at once or in succession,
such as inputting characters with accents or opening a task manager. Programs use keyboard
shortcuts very differently and all use different keyboard shortcuts for different program specific
operations, such as refreshing a web page in a web browser or selecting all text in a word
processor.

Mouse
Computer mouse is a small handheld device that
users hold and slide across a flat surface, pointing
at various elements of a graphical user interface
with an on-screen cursor, and selecting and moving
objects using the mouse buttons. Almost all modern
personal computers include a mouse; it may be
plugged into a computer’s rear mouse socket, or as
a USB device, or, more recently, may be connected
wirelessly via an USB dongle or Bluetooth link.
In the past, mice had a single button that users
A selection of computer mice built between could press down on the device to “click” on
1986 and 2007 whatever the pointer on the screen was hovering
over. Modern mice have two, three or more buttons,
providing a “right click” function button on the mouse, which performs a secondary action on a
selected object, and a scroll wheel, which users can rotate using their fingers to “scroll” up or
down. The scroll wheel can also be pressed down, and therefore be used as a third button. Some
mouse wheels may be tilted from side to side to allow sideways scrolling.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
67
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Software
Computer software is any kind of computer
program, procedure, or documentation that
performs some task on a computer system. The
term includes application software such as word
processors that perform productive tasks for users,
system software such as operating systems that
interface with computer hardware to provide the
necessary services for application software, and
middleware that controls and co-ordinates
A screenshot of the OpenOffice.org Writer distributed systems.
software Software applications are common for word
processing, Internet browsing, Internet faxing, e-
mail and other digital messaging, multimedia playback, playing of computer game, and computer
programming. The user of a modern personal computer may have significant knowledge of the
operating environment and application programs, but is not necessarily interested in
programming nor even able to write programs for the computer. Therefore, most software
written primarily for personal computers tends to be designed with simplicity of use, or “user-
friendliness” in mind. However, the software industry continuously provides a wide range of
new products for use in personal computers, targeted at both the expert and the non-expert user.

Operating System
An operating system (OS) manages computer
resources and provides programmers with an
interface used to access those resources. An
operating system processes system data and user
input, and responds by allocating and managing
tasks and internal system resources as a service to
users and programs of the system. An operating
system performs basic tasks such as controlling
and allocating memory, prioritizing system
requests, controlling input and output devices,
https://images.app.goo.gl/dCcRy3jN2CPxuE1J6
facilitating computer networking, and managing
files.
Common contemporary desktop operating systems are Microsoft Windows, OS X, Linux, Solaris
and FreeBSD. Windows, OS X, and Linux all have server and personal variants. With the
exception of Microsoft Windows, the designs of each of the them were inspired by or directly
inherited from the Unix operating system, which was developed at Bell Labs beginning in the
late 1960s and spawned the development of numerous free and proprietary operating systems.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
68
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Microsoft Windows
Microsoft Windows is the collective brand name of several
operating systems made by Microsoft. Microsoft first
introduced an operating environment named Windows in
November 1985, as an add-on to MS-DOS and in response to
the growing interest in graphical user interfaces (GUIs)
generated by Apple’s 1984 introduction of the Macintosh. The
most recent client and server version of Windows are
Windows 8.1 and Windows Server 2012 R2, respectively.
https://images.app.goo.gl/ND2GKQY5
ui7oEM3p8
OS X
OS X (formerly Mac OS X) is a line of operating systems
developed, marketed, and sold by Apple Inc. OS X is the
successor to the original Mac OS, which had been Apple’s
primary operating system since 1984. OS X is a Unix-based
graphical operating system, and Snow Leopard, Leopard,
Lion, Mountain Lion, and the new Mavericks are version
titles. The most recent version of OS X is entitled OS X
Yosemite.
https://images.app.goo.gl/ytRXCr1xpW On iPhone, iPad and iPod, versions of iOS (which is an OS X
HHAJqa6 derivative) are available from iOS 1.0 to the recent iOS 8.
Linux
Linux is a family of Unix-like computer operating systems.
Linux is one of the most prominent examples of free software
and open source development: typically all underlying source
code can be freely modified, used, and redistributed by
anyone. The name “Linux” refers to the Linux kernel, started
in 1991 by Linus Torvalds. The system’s utilities and libraries
usually come from the GNU operating system, announced in
1983 by Richard Stallman. The GNU contribution is the basis
for the alternative name GNU/Linux. Known for its use in
A Linux distribution running KDE
Plasma Desktop servers, with the LAMP application stack as one of prominent
examples, Linux is supported by corporations such as Dell,
Hewlett-Packard, IBM, Novell, Oracle Corporation, Red Hat, Canonical Ltd. and Sun
Microsystems.

Applications

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
69
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Generally, a computer user uses application software

to carry out a specific task. System software supports
applications and provides common services such as
memory management, network connectivity and
device drivers, all of which may be used by
applications but are not directly of interest to the end
user. A simplified analogy in the world of hardware
would be the relationship of an electric light bulb (an
application) to an electric power generation plant (a
system): the power plant merely generates electricity,
not itself of any real use until harnessed to an
A screenshot of GIMP, which is a raster graphics application like the electric light that performs a
editor
service that benefits the user. End-user development
tailors systems to meet the user’s specific needs. User-written software include spreadsheet
templates, word processor macros, scientific simulations, graphics and animation scripts; even
email filters are a kind of user software. Users create this software themselves and often overlook
how important it is.

Gaming

PC gaming is popular among the high-

end PC market. Gaming platforms like
Steam (software) and GOG.com (as well
as competitive e-sports titles like League
of Legends) are largely responsible for
PC systems overtaking console revenue
in 2013.

https://images.app.goo.gl/UKNvC6PyZ4C6QtVm8

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
70
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Toxicity
Toxic chemicals found in computer hardware include lead,
mercury, cadmium, chromium, plastic (PVC), and barium. In
a raw materials breakdown, computer is about 17% lead,
copper, zinc, mercury, and cadmium; 23% is plastic, 14% is
aluminum, and 20% is iron.
Lead is found in a cathode ray tube (CRT) display, and on all
of the printed circuit boards and most expansion cards.
Mercury is located in the screen’s fluorescent lamp, in the
laser light generators in the optical disk drive, and in the
https://images.app.goo.gl/p1cZ5kqHzNg4
QjeM7
round, silver-looking batteries on the motherboard. Plastic is
found mostly in the housing of the computation and display
circuitry. While daily end-users are not exposed to these toxic elements, the danger arises during
the computer recycling process, which involves manually breaking down hardware and leads to
the exposure of a measurable amount of lead or mercury. A measurable amount of lead or
mercury can easily cause serious brain damage or ruin drinking water supplies. Computer
recycling is best handled by the electronic waste (e-waste) industry, and kept segregated from the
general community dump.

Electronic Waste Regulation

Personal computers have become a large contributor to the
50 million tons of discarded electronic waste that is being
generated annually, according to the United Nations
Environment Programmed. To address the electronic waste
issue affecting developing countries and the environment,
extended producer responsibility (EPR) acts have been
implemented in various countries and states. Organizations,
such as the Silicon Valley Toxics Coalition, Basel Action
Network, Toxics Link India, SCOPE, and Greenpeace have
https://images.app.goo.gl/u9cuKc5hGjEfh contributed to these efforts.
7tZ6

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
71
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #5

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score

Instruction: Write the Correct Name of Computer Parts inside the box

1st QUARTER

https://images.app.goo.gl/DEhQS2SdRQFMfQW86

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
72
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 6
“Computer Devices”
Peripheral
A peripheral is a “device that is used to put information into or get information out of the
computer.”
There are three different types of peripherals:
• Input, used to interact with, or send data to the computer (mouse, keyboards, etc.)
• Output, which provides output to the user from the computer (monitors, printers, etc.)
• Storage, which stores data processed by the computer (hard drives, flash drives, etc.)

Human Machine Interface (HMI) peripherals.

Overview
Peripheral device is generally defined as any auxiliary device such as a computer mouse or
keyboard, that connects to and works with the computer in some way. Other examples of
peripherals are expansion cards, graphics cards, image scanners, tape drives, microphones,
loudspeakers, webcams, and digital cameras. RAM—random access memory—straddles the line
between peripheral and primary component; it is technically a storage peripheral, but is required
for every major function of a modern computer and removing the RAM will effectively disable
any modern machine. Many new devices such as digital watches, smartphones and tablet

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
73
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

computers have interfaces which allow them to be used as a peripheral by a full computer,
though they are not host-dependent as other peripheral devices are. According to the most
technical definition, the only pieces of a computer not considered to be peripherals are the central
processing unit, power supply, motherboard, and computer case.
Usually, the word peripheral is used to refer to a device external to the computer case, like a
scanner, but the devices located inside the computer case are also technically peripherals.
Devices that exist outside the computer case are called external peripherals, or auxiliary
components, Examples are: “Many of the external peripherals I own, such as my scanner and
printer, connect to the peripheral ports on the back of my computer.” Devices that are inside the
case such as internal hard drives or CD-ROM drives are also peripherals in technical terms and
are called internal peripherals, but may not be recognized as peripherals by laypeople.
In a system on a chip, peripherals are incorporated into the same integrated circuit as the central
processing unit. They are still referred to as “peripherals” despite being permanently attached to
(and in some sense part of) their host processor.

Common Peripherals
Input Light pen Flash drive
Keyboard Scanner Disk drive
Computer mouse Digital camera Smartphone or Tablet
Graphic tablet Output computer storage interface
Touchscreen Computer display CD/DVD drive
Barcode reader Printer Input/Output
Image scanner Projector Modem
Microphone Speaker Network interface
Webcam Storage devices controller (NIC)
Game controller Floppy disk drive

Input Devices
In computing, an input device is a peripheral (piece of computer hardware equipment) used to
provide data and control signals to an information processing system such as a computer or other
information appliance. Examples of input devices include keyboards, mice, scanners, digital
cameras and joysticks.
Many input devices can be classified according to:
• modality of input (e.g. mechanical motion, audio, visual, etc.)
• the input is discrete (e.g. key presses) or continuous (e.g. a mouse’s position, though
digitized into a discrete quantity, is fast enough to be considered continuous)
Pointing devices, which are input devices used to specify a position in space, can further be
classified according to:
• Whether the input is direct or indirect. With direct input, the input space coincides with
the display space, i.e. pointing is done in the space where visual feedback or the pointer appears.
Touchscreens and light pens involve direct input. Examples involving indirect input include the
mouse and trackball.
• Whether the positional information is absolute (e.g. on a touch screen) or relative (e.g.
with a mouse that can be lifted and repositioned)
Direct input is almost necessarily absolute, but indirect input may be either absolute or relative.
For example, digitizing graphics tablets that do not have an embedded screen involve indirect
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
74
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

input and sense absolute positions and are often run in an absolute input mode, but they may also
be set up to simulate a relative input mode like that of a touchpad, where the stylus or puck can
be lifted and repositioned.
Input and output devices make up the hardware interface between a computer and a scanner or
6DOF controller.

Keyboards
Keyboard is a human interface device which is
represented as a layout of buttons. Each button,
or key, can be used to either input a linguistic
character to a computer, or to call upon a
particular function of the computer. They act as
the main text entry interface for most users.
Traditional keyboards use spring-based buttons,
Standard Keyboard though newer variations employ virtual keys, or even projected keyboards.
It is typewriter like device composed of a matrix of switches.

Pointing Devices / Computer mouse

Pointing devices are the most commonly used
input devices today. A pointing device is any
human interface device that allows a user to input
spatial data to a computer. In the case of mice and
touchpads, this is usually achieved by detecting
movement across a physical surface. Analog
devices, such as 3D mice, joysticks, or pointing
sticks, function by reporting their angle of
A computer mouse
deflection. Movements of the pointing device are
echoed on the screen by movements of the pointer,
creating a simple, intuitive way to navigate a
computer’s graphical user interface (GUI).
Graphics tablet
Graphics tablet (also known as a digitizer,
drawing tablet, drawing pad, digital drawing
tablet, pen tablet, or digital art board) is a
computer input device that enables a user to hand-
draw images, animations and graphics, with a
special pen-like stylus, similar to the way a
person draws images with a pencil and paper.
These tablets may also be used to capture data or
handwritten signatures. It can also be used to
trace an image from a piece of paper which is
Wacom Bamboo Capture tablet and pen-like stylus taped or otherwise secured to the tablet surface.
Capturing data in this way, by tracing or entering
the corners of linear poly-lines or shapes, is called digitizing.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
75
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Touchscreen
Touchscreen, or touch screen, is a both input and
output device and normally layered on the top of
an electronic visual display of an information
processing system. The display is often an LCD
or OLED display while the system is usually a
laptop computer, tablet, or smartphone. A user
Smartphone with touchscreen can give input or control the information
processing system through simple or multi-touch
gestures by touching the screen with a special
stylus or one or more fingers. Some touchscreens
use ordinary or specially coated gloves to work
while others may only work using a special stylus or pen. The user can use the touchscreen to
react to what is displayed and, if the software allows, to control how it is displayed; for example,
zooming to increase the text size.

Barcode reader
Barcode reader (or barcode scanner) is an optical scanner that can
read printed barcodes, decode the data contained in the barcode and
send the data to a computer. Like a flatbed scanner, it consists of a
light source, a lens and a light sensor translating for optical
impulses into electrical signals. Additionally, nearly all barcode
A handheld barcode scanner readers contain decoder circuitry that can analyze the barcode's
image data provided by the sensor and sending the barcode's
content to the scanner's output port.
Image scanner

An image scanner—often abbreviated to just scanner, is a

device that optically scans images, printed text, handwriting
or an object and converts it to a digital image. Commonly
used in offices are variations of the desktop flatbed scanner
where the document is placed on a glass window for
scanning. Hand-held scanners, where the device is moved
by hand, have evolved from text scanning "wands" to 3D
scanners used for industrial design, reverse engineering, test
Desktop scanner, with the lid raised. An and measurement, orthotics, gaming and other applications.
object has been laid on the glass, ready for
scanning. Mechanically driven scanners that move the document are
typically used for large-format documents, where a flatbed
design would be impractical.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
76
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Microphone
Microphone, colloquially named mic or mike, is a device –
a transducer – that converts sound into an electrical signal.
Microphones are used in many applications such as
telephones, hearing aids, public address systems for concert
halls and public events, motion picture production, live and
recorded audio engineering, sound recording, two-way
radios, megaphones, radio and television broadcasting, and
in computers for recording voice, speech recognition, VoIP,
Typical low-cost webcam used with many and for non-acoustic purposes such as ultrasonic sensors or
personal computers knock sensors.

Webcam
Webcam is a video camera that feeds or streams an image
or video in real time to or through a computer to a computer
network, such as the Internet. Webcams are typically small
cameras that sit on a desk, attach to a user's monitor, or are
built into the hardware. Webcams can be used during a
video chat session involving two or more people, with
conversations that include live audio and video. For
example, Apple's iSight camera, which is built into Apple
laptops, iMacs and a number of iPhones, can be used for
video chat sessions, using the iChat instant messaging
program (now called Messages). Webcam software enables users to record a video or stream the
video on the Internet. As video streaming over the Internet requires much bandwidth, such
streams usually use compressed formats. The maximum resolution of a webcam is also lower
than most handheld video cameras, as higher resolutions would be reduced during transmission.
The lower resolution enables webcams to be relatively inexpensive compared to most video
cameras, but the effect is adequate for video chat sessions.

Game controller
A Nintendo Switch Pro Controller
Game controller, gaming controller, or simply controller, is an
input device used with video games or entertainment systems
to provide input to a video game, typically to control an object
or character in the game. Before the seventh generation of
video game consoles, plugging in a controller into one of a
console's controller ports were the primary means of using a
game controller, although since then they have been replaced
by wireless controllers, which do not require controller ports
Shure Brothers microphone, model 55s, on the console but are battery-powered. USB game
Multi-Impedance "Small Unidyne" Dynamic
from 1951 controllers could also be connected to a computer with a
USB port. Input devices that have been classified as game
controllers include keyboards, mouses, gamepads, joysticks, etc. Special purpose devices, such
as steering wheels for driving games and light guns for shooting games, are also game
controllers.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
77
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Light pen

A light pen is a computer input device in the form of a light-

sensitive wand used in conjunction with a computer's
cathode-ray tube (CRT) display.
It allows the user to point to displayed objects or draw on the
Photo of the Hypertext Editing System screen in a similar way to a touchscreen but with greater
(HES) console in use at Brown
University, circa October 1969. The photo
positional accuracy. A light pen can work with any CRT-
shows HES on an IBM 2250 Mod 4 based display, but its ability to be used with LCDs was
display station, including lightpen and
programmed function keyboard, channel
unclear (though Toshiba and Hitachi displayed a similar idea
coupled to Brown's IBM 360 mainframe. at the "Display 2006" show in Japan).

Digital camera
A digital camera or digicam is a camera that captures
photographs in digital memory. Most cameras produced
today are digital, and while there are still dedicated digital
cameras, many more cameras are now incorporated into
mobile devices like smartphones, which can, among many
other purposes, use their cameras to initiate live video-
telephony and directly edit and upload imagery to others.
However, high-end, high-definition dedicated cameras are
still commonly used by professionals and those who desire
to take higher-quality photographs.
Digital and digital movie cameras share an optical system,
typically using a lens with a variable diaphragm to focus
light onto an image pickup device. The diaphragm and
shutter admit the correct amount of light to the image, just as
Front and back of Canon PowerShot A95 with film but the image pickup device is electronic rather
(c.2004), a once typical pocket-sized than chemical. However, unlike film cameras, digital
compact camera
cameras can display images on a screen immediately after
being recorded, and store and delete images from memory.
Many digital cameras can also record moving videos with
sound. Some digital cameras can crop and stitch pictures and perform other elementary image
editing.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
78
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Composite Devices
Input devices, such as buttons and joysticks, can be combined
on a single physical device that could be thought of as a
composite device. Many gaming devices have controllers like
this. Technically mice are composite devices, as they both
track movement and provide buttons for clicking, but
composite devices are generally considered to have more than
two different forms of input.
Game controller
Gamepad (or joypad)
Paddle (game controller)
Jog dial/shuttle (or knob)
Wii Remote

Imaging and Input Devices

Video input devices are used to digitize images or

video from the outside world into the computer. The
information can be stored in a multitude of formats
depending on the user’s requirement.
Digital camera
Digital camcorder
Portable media player
Webcam
Microsoft Kinect Sensor
Image scanner
Fingerprint scanner
Barcode reader
3D scanner
Laser rangefinder
Eye gaze tracker
Medical Imaging
Computed tomography
Magnetic resonance imaging
Positron emission tomography
Medical ultrasonography

Audio Input Devices

Audio input devices are used to capture sound. In some cases, an audio output device can be
used as an input device, in order to capture produced sound.
• Microphones
• MIDI keyboard or other digital musical instrument

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
79
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Output Devices
An output device is any piece of computer hardware equipment used to communicate the results
of data processing carried out by an information processing system (such as a computer) which
converts the electronically generated information into human-readable form.

Display Devices / Computer Monitor

A display device is an output device that visually conveys

A pair of speakers for notebook text, graphics, and video information. Information shown on
computers that are powered and audio- a display device is called soft copy because the information
connected to the computer via USB
exists electronically and is displayed for a temporary period
of time. Display devices include CRT monitors, LCD
monitors and displays, gas plasma monitors, and televisions

https://images.app.goo.gl/rAyP7Wt7UREUp5Tw7

Printer (computing)
In computing, a printer is a peripheral device which makes a
Acer projector, 2012
persistent representation of graphics or text, usually on
paper. While most output is human-readable, bar code
printers are an example of an expanded use for printers. The
different types of printers include 3D printer, inkjet printer,
laser printer, thermal printer, etc.

Projector
A projector or image projector is an optical device that
https://images.app.goo.gl/rrdVaMmg6projects an image (or moving images) onto a surface,
MKC4rY19 commonly a projection screen. Most projectors create an
image by shining a light through a small transparent lens, but
some newer types of projectors can project the image directly,
by using lasers. A virtual retinal display, or retinal projector,
is a projector that projects an image directly on the retina
instead of using an external projection screen.
Computer speakers
Computer speakers, or multimedia speakers, are speakers
sold for use with computers, although usually capable of
other audio uses, e.g. for an MP3 player. Most such speakers
have an internal amplifier and consequently require a power
source, which may be by a mains power supply often via an
AC adapter, batteries, or a USB port. The signal input
connector is often a 3.5 mm jack plug (usually color-coded
lime green per the PC 99 standard); RCA connectors are

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
80
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

sometimes used, and a USB port may supply both signal and power (requiring additional
circuitry, and only suitable for use with a computer). Battery-powered wireless Bluetooth
speakers require no connections at all. Most computers have speakers of low power and quality
built in; when external speakers are connected they disable the built-in speakers. Altec Lansing
claims to have created the computer speaker market in 1990.

Computer Memory / Storage Devices

In computing, memory refers to the devices used to store information for use in a computer. The
term primary memory is used for storage systems which function at high-speed (i.e. RAM), as a
distinction from secondary memory, which provides program and data storage that is slow to
access but offer higher memory capacity. If needed, primary memory can be stored in secondary
memory, through a memory management technique called “virtual memory.” An archaic
synonym for memory is store.

Volatile Memory
Volatile memory is computer memory that requires
power to maintain the stored information. Most
modernsemiconductor volatile memory is either Static
RAM (see SRAM) or dynamic RAM (see DRAM).
SRAM retains its contents as long as the power is
connected and is easy to interface to but uses six
transistors per bit. Dynamic RAM is more complicated
to interface to and control and needs regular refresh
cycles to prevent its contents being lost. However,
DRAM uses only one transistor and a capacitor per bit,
allowing it to reach much higher densities and, with more bits on a memory chip, be much
cheaper per bit. SRAM is not worthwhile for desktop system memory, where DRAM dominates,
but is used for their cache memories. SRAM is commonplace in small embedded systems, which
might only need tens of kilobytes or less. Forthcoming volatile memory technologies that hope to
replace or compete with SRAM and DRAM include Z-RAM, TTRAM, A-RAM and ETA RAM.

DDR-SD-RAM, SD-RAM and two older

forms of RAM

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
81
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Non-Volatile Memory
Non-volatile memory is computer memory that can retain
the stored information even when not powered. Examples
of non-volatile memory include read-only memory (see
ROM), flash memory, most types of magnetic computer
storage devices (e.g. hard disks, floppy discs and magnetic
tape), optical discs, and early computer storage methods
such as paper tape and punched cards. Forthcoming non-
volatile memory technologies include FeRAM,
CBRAM,PRAM, SONOS, RRAM, Racetrack memory,
Solid-state drives are one of the latest forms
of non-volatile memory.
NRAM and Millipede.

Compact disc (CD) and Digital Versatile Disc or Digital Video Disc (DVD)
Compact disc (CD) is a digital optical disc data storage format that
was co-developed by Philips and Sony and released in 1982. The
format was originally developed to store and play only sound
recordings (CD-DA) but was later adapted for storage of data (CD-
ROM). Capacity Typically up to 700 MiB (up to 80 minutes' audio)
Recordable Compact Discs, CD-Rs, CD-R recordings are designed
to be permanent. Over time, the dye's physical characteristics may
change causing read errors and data loss until the reading device
cannot recover with error correction methods. Errors can be
predicted using surface error scanning.
ReWritable CD (CD-RW) does not have as great a difference in reflectivity as a pressed CD or a
CD-R, and so many earlier CD audio players cannot read CD-RW discs, although most later CD
audio players and stand-alone DVD players can.
DVDs offer higher storage capacity than compact discs while having the same dimensions.
Capacity 4.7 GB (single-sided, single-layer – common) 8.5 GB (single-sided, double-layer)
9.4 GB (double-sided, single-layer) 17.08 GB (double-sided, double-layer)
Flash drive
USB flash drive is a data storage device that includes
flash memory with an integrated USB interface. It is
typically removable, rewritable and much smaller than
an optical disc.
As of March 2016, flash drives with anywhere from 8
to 256 gigabytes (GB)were frequently sold, while 512
GB and 1 terabyte (TB) units were less frequent. As of
2018, 2 TB flash drives were the largest available in
terms of storage capacity.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
82
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Floppy disk
Floppy disk, also known as a floppy, diskette, or simply
disk, is a type of disk storage composed of a disk of thin
and flexible magnetic storage medium, sealed in a
rectangular plastic enclosure lined with fabric that
removes dust particles. Floppy disks are read and written
by a floppy disk drive (FDD).

Input/Output
There are many input and output devices such as
multifunction printers and computer-based navigation
systems that are used for specialized or unique
applications. In computing, input/output refers to the
communication between an information processing
system (such as a computer), and the outside world.
Inputs are the signals or data received by the
system, and outputs are the signals or data Inputs are the signals or data received by the system,
sent from it. and outputs are the signals or data sent from it.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
83
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #6

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score

Identification: Fill-out the blank with correct answer. Choose the possible answer inside the box.

Input/Output Digital Camera Input Devices

Tablet Projector Laptop Personal Computer
Non-Volatile Memory Netbook Light pen Graphics tablet
Barcode Reader Printer Output Devices Desktop Computer

1. __________________ allows the user to point to displayed objects or draw on the screen in a
similar way to a touchscreen but with greater positional accuracy.
2. __________________ a computer input device that enables a user to hand-draw images,
animations and graphics, with a special pen-like stylus.
3. __________________ peripheral device which makes a persistent representation of graphics
or text.
4. __________________ computer memory that can retain the stored information even when not
powered.
5. __________________ it consists of a light source, a lens and a light sensor translating for
optical impulses into electrical signals.
6. __________________ optical device that projects an image (or moving images) onto a
surface, commonly a projection screen.
7. _________________ captures photograph in digital memory.
8. _________________ any piece of computer hardware equipment used to communicate the
results of data processing carried out by an information processing system.
9. _________________ a peripheral (piece of computer hardware equipment) used to provide
data and control signals to an information processing system.
10. ________________ In computing refers to the communication between an information
processing system and the outside world.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
84
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 7
“How to Assemble a Personal
Computer?”
This set of instructions will help you assemble a basic computer capable of running most modern
software packages encountered by a casual user.

1. Gather What You Need to Build a PC

To complete the assembly of a new PC from start to finish, here's a list of every single tool, piece
of equipment, and component that you need:
Required Parts/Accessories: Compatible list of PC components, accessories, and operating
system software (ie Windows).

Screwdriver/s: It's true; to build a PC from scratch, all you need for most builds is a Phillips-head
screwdriver. Specifically, you need one with a size #2 head, but if you're installing an M.2 SSD
you'll also need a size #1 (M.2 screws are smaller). As for the length of the screwdriver, it
doesn't really matter as you can use either a short, medium, or longer screwdriver.

Suitable Surface: A large, flat, hard, non-conductive surface to assemble your PC on such as a
desk or table (wood or glass is fine).

A Way to Discharge Yourself: To protect your components being damaged from static electricity
when building a PC, you need to physically ground your body before handling the internal parts.
You can do so by wearing an ESD/anti-static wrist strap/bracelet, or by periodically touching the
bare (non painted) metal frame of your PC case or another metal object every now and then for a
couple seconds (and specifically before going to touch a part).

Enough Time: To learn how to build your first PC from start to finish, you want to give yourself
plenty of time as you'll be (or should be) taking it nice and slow.

Motherboard Manual: The only manual you will likely need to build a PC which comes in handy
for certain things that are specific to your particular board including where to connect your case's
front panel connections and which RAM sockets to install your memory.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
85
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2. Open Case and Prepare for Installation

1 2
Unscrew the side panel/s and Undo the 4 thumbscrews with your
slide them off hands if your case has them

3 Guard your front panel connectors

from any local felines
4
If your case has a storage drive
rack/caddy, consider removing
it for more room

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
86
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. Mount Additional Case Fans (Optional)

The majority of cases will come with 1-2 fans already
pre-installed inside, so there's nothing to do for these
stock-standard fans besides plug them into the
motherboard when the time comes.
There should be a fan in the back of the case to push out
warm air (called an exhaust fan), and if a case comes
with 2 fans then the second one will likely be in the front
to suck cool air in from outside the case to provide
airflow onto your internal components (called an intake
The extra fan we'll add to the budget
fan). Most cases will also have support for more fans
AMD build should you want to buy some to increase airflow further.

4. Prepare Motherboard for Out-of-Case Installation

Now we've prepared the case, there are two different approaches you can take from here when
learning how to build a PC from scratch for the first time. You can either:
Build PC Outside Case: This involves installing some of your components (CPU, cooler, RAM,
M.2 SSD) onto the motherboard first before installing the motherboard into the case.
Build PC Inside Case: With this method you fit the motherboard into the case first and then
install your components onto it.

* Safety Reminder *
Why You Should Install Parts Outside the Case First
Before touching your motherboard,
It can be more difficult to reach in and install parts onto or any other component for that
your motherboard when it's mounted inside your case. matter, remember that you need to
Working on your motherboard outside the case gives you ground your physical body first to
much more room to move, makes it easier to see where to remove any static electricity build-up.
install things like the CPU, and makes it easier to firmly
If you're not wearing an anti-static
insert your RAM and CPU cooler (which can require a strap, you can do this by touching a
firm little push). metal surface/object such as the
metal frame of your case for a
couple seconds (refer back to step 1
for more on this).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
87
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

5. Insert Processor into Motherboard

It's time to install the new brains of your battle station

onto your motherboard, which deserves its own separate
page to explain all the steps as well as answers to common
questions about CPU installs.

6. Mount Heatsink and Fan On Motherboard

Now it's time to attach the CPU cooler (technically called

a HSF: Heatsink and Fan) which will sit on top of your
CPU to keep it cool. You'll want to refer to your cooler's
manual if you bought a third-party/aftermarket cooler, as
the exact installation process will vary slightly with
different models, however the general process is similar
no matter which cooler you're installing.

7. Insert Memory into Motherboard

Fitting your memory modules is one of the easiest,

quickest parts to install when assembling a computer, but
there are some things to know including which specific
memory slots on the motherboard to install them in
(technically called DIMM slots, short for Dual In-Line
Memory Module).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
88
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

8. Insert M.2 SSD onto Motherboard (Optional)

If you have an M.2 SSD to install, you'll also want to do that

now (or even before the CPU if you want) while your
motherboard is chilling outside the case because as
mentioned you have all the space in the world to easily work
within your motherboard. Plus, M.2 screws are smaller than
regular computer screws and it can be frustrating if you lose
it in the deep dark depths of your case.

9. Quickly Test Core Components (Optional)

This is another technically optional step when learning how
to build a PC from scratch, but it is considered good practice
and can be worth it in the event you get unlucky and end up
having a component that's faulty or DOA (Dead on Arrival).
It's something I recommend to most first-time builders,
however feel free to skip this step if you're feeling confident
and just want to finish your build sooner rather than later.
Doing a quick check that the parts you've installed thus far
are all working is easy, and just requires you to temporarily
plug in the PSU and jump-start the motherboard with your
screwdriver, and it can save you time down the road because
it's harder to do troubleshooting (or uninstall something)
when everything is already fitted in the case.

10. Mount Motherboard into Case

Once you've finished installing the CPU, cooler, and RAM
(plus M.2 SSD if you have one), and you've done a quick
external test to be on the safe side, it's finally time to lower
your mothership into the deep dark depths of your case. This
first requires you to fit the motherboard back plate and install
the case standoffs (screws that create a gap between the case
and motherboard). Then it's a matter of carefully lowering
the board in to first match up with the backplate, and then
onto the standoffs. Lastly, you screw in the board to secure
it.

11. Mount GPU and Other PCIe Cards

Technically speaking, this is yet another optional step when

learning how to build a PC as some of you are going to be
building an APU gaming PC without a graphics card (in
other words, using the CPU's integrated graphics; shoutout
to fellow low-spec gamers as I know what it's like to have to
roll that way my whole life until only just recently).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
89
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

12. Mount SSD/HDD In Case (Optional)

Earlier we went over installing M.2 SSDs that live snugly on
your motherboard, but for all other regular-sized SSDs and
HDDs (2.5 and 3.5 inches respectively) you'll need to fit them
within your case somewhere. Exactly where they go will
depend on your specific case, but they'll typically be slotted
into a drive bay. Once you've found a home for your drive/s,
you also need to connect them to your motherboard using a
SATA data transfer cable (that should have been provided in
your motherboard box). You also need to plug them directly
into your PSU (using your PSU's SATA power connector; not
to be confused with the SATA data cable).

13. Mount Optical Drive in Case (Optional)

Once an essential part of assembling a computer, optical

drives (DVD, CD, and/or Blu-ray drives) are becoming
increasingly less important and less used as the digital age
continues and physical media dies its inevitable slow
death. But it's definitely not completely dead, and there's a lot
of people who still include them in their PC builds for playing
older games, watching physical movies, or burning discs.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
90
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

14. Connect Case Front-Panel Cables

Your case has a range of features on the front such as USB ports, power on button, reset button,
headphone jack, mic jack, etc. These need to be plugged in to the correct connections on the
motherboard (technically called motherboard headers), but exactly where they plug in on the
motherboard will vary from board to board so you'll want to consult your motherboard manual
and then dive into the steps.
15. Mount Power Supply in Case

Physically fitting the PSU into your computer case is

another quick and easy part of learning how to build a PC,
but as with most PC assembly steps there's always a few
little things to know and potential questions you might have
as a first-timer. For example, you might wonder which way
the power supply fan should face; a great question. We
break it all down in the guide.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
91
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

16. Connect Power Supply to Components

After you've physically mounted the PSU, all that's left

is connecting the cables to various parts of your system
and doing a little basic management of your cables to
keep things nice and neat

17. Last Checks and Booting Your PC

We're done covering all the physical installation steps of how to assemble a PC, but before you
start up your machine for the first time there's a few extra steps and checks
Check Component Connections
Check Front Panel Connections
Connect Monitor and Peripherals
Plug Power Supply to Wall (& Turn On)
Press Power-On Button (On Front of Case)

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
92
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Parts of Motherboard and its Function

Before digging deeper into the various motherboard components. Let's go over some fundamental
terminology to be familiar with the content. So, let me know about computers. What is a
computer? A computer is an electronic device that accepts raw data, processes it, and provides an
output.

All of the gadgets we see on the computer are either directly or indirectly connected to the
motherboard. As a result, the motherboard is sometimes referred to as the computer's "backbone"
or "spine."

The motherboard is found in every electronic device, including tablets, smartphones, and PCs, and
its size varies according to the device.

What is a Motherboard?
The motherboard is a thin printed circuit board (PCB) which links all different
components inside your computer. So, we can say the motherboard acts as a hub in
a network. People call motherboard by a different names like mainboard, logic
board, baseboard, system board, mobo, etc.

Location of Motherboard:
In Desktop
open
green/blue/brown/red.
the case
PC:to
A desktop
seeThis
what's
plate
PC isinside,
ischaracterized
the PC's
you'll
motherboard.
notice
by a large
a large
rectangular
squarecomputer
printed circuit
case. When
plateyou
in

In laptop: When you open the bottom cover of your laptop, you'll see the large PCB board that
serves as the motherboard.

In smartphone: When you open the back cover of your smartphone and screw up some pins,
you'll find your motherboard.

Types of motherboard form factor

Desktops, laptops, tablets, smartphones, and other categories of computers all have
motherboards, but usually when we are talking about motherboards, we mean those made for
desktops. Motherboards for desktop computers follow standards called form factor so that
computer manufacturers know exactly what size case they need to build, what type of CPU to
use, and what type of peripheral components they need to build a computer with specific specs.
This makes motherboards of the same form factor interchangeable even when they are
manufactured by different companies. The motherboards for other devices like laptops are
proprietary and are usually not upgradeable like those of desktops.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
93
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Here are some of the common types of motherboards:

XT Motherboard
This was the first motherboard form factor and
was short for eXtended Technology. You won’t
run into these anymore unless you are dealing with
vintage computers. IBM created it in 1983, and
because IBM published the specs and made them
open, many manufacturers used it as a standard.
This motherboard weighed 32 pounds and was
designed for business users.

AT Motherboard
The AT form factor was also designed by IBM.
AT stands for Advanced Technology. It was a
much smaller design and looked more like the
motherboards we are used to seeing. It was the
common form factor for computers in the 1980s.
This motherboard is also known as the Full-AT.

The AT motherboard was about 12-by-38 inches,

which means it won’t fit in a mini-desktop, which
should have a footprint no larger than 8-by-8
inches. The dimensions of this motherboard made
it difficult to install the new drives and access
various connectors. For motherboards of this type,
six-pin plugs are used as a power connector.
Because the power connector sockets are difficult
to distinguish, many users fail to connect their
devices properly, causing damage.

AT boards had both serial and parallel ports that attached to the case through an expansion slot
and used cables to connect to the board. Parallel ports are no longer used in modern
motherboards. They also had a single keyboard connector that was soldered to the back of the
board. The processor sat at the front of the board and sometimes could get in the way of the
expansion slots. The SIMM slots for memory could be located in various places on this type of
board, but are most often found on the top of the board.

This motherboard served users well from the Pentium p5 to the time when the Pentium 2 was
introduced. It was designed for the Intel 80386 architecture, which became obsolete with the
introduction of the Pentium 2. It was retired by IBM in 1995.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
94
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Baby AT Motherboard
This motherboard was another flavor of the AT
motherboard. It was called “baby” because it was
smaller than the full-sized AT motherboard and
measured 8.5-by-13 inches, but the size could vary
slightly between manufacturers. The smaller size of
this motherboard made it easier for technicians to
work on it because there was more room inside the
case. Other than that, it had similar features to the
standard AT motherboard.

ATX Motherboard
Intel released the ATX motherboards in the mid-1990s as an improvement on the AT
motherboards that were used previously. Motherboards of this type differ from their AT
counterparts in that they allow the interchangeability of the connected components. Additionally,
because the dimensions of this motherboard are smaller than those of AT motherboards, there is
sufficient room for the drive bays. The connector system of the board was also improved. On the
back plates of AT motherboards, additional slots were provided for various add-ons.

This motherboard is still in use today, is the most popular motherboard ever, and many other
form factors were based on it. Some of the features that come on the ATX motherboard include:

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
95
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Integrated I/O Connectors: Ports were built into the board on the ATX, while the older
AT board used headers that attached to ports on the back of the case. This made
installation and maintenance easier.
• Reduced Overlap Between Board and Drives: This design reduced heat in the case and
meant that technicians could reach the entire board without having to remove a drive.
• Reduced Processor Interference with Cards: The processor was moved to the back of
the board near the power supply. Technicians could now install full-size expansion cards
without them hitting the CPU or power sink.
• User-Friendly Power Connector: The power supply for an ATX board connects
through one 21-pin connector. This connector is keyed so that it can only be inserted in
the right direction. This differed from the AT board, which had two connectors that
looked the same but were not interchangeable.
• Better Cooling Conditions: A power supply designed for an ATX blows into the case
instead of out. This means that it forces air out of the case, instead of sucking air into it
along with dust. This was a problem with the older AT form factor.
• 3.3 Volt Power: ATX power supplies 3.3 volt power so it can be used directly by the
CPU. The older AT power supplies only had 5 volt power which required a voltage
regulator on the motherboard to reduce the voltage for the CPU.
• Automated Controls: The power supply for an ATX board can be controlled through
software. This gave the computer the ability to turn itself on to perform tasks. It also
meant you could wake the computer or shut it down through LAN. The shut down
procedure is also automated, so you could now turn a computer off by choosing “Shut
down” from the operating system.

Micro-ATX Motherboard
The Micro-ATX board is similar to the ATX board. The only real difference is its size. It is 9.6-
by-9.6 inches instead of 12-by-9.6 inches. This board was made for small computer cases.
Because it is smaller, it has less expansion and memory slots than the ATX board. Just because
they are smaller doesn’t mean they are less capable of providing computing power. These boards
are used in even some gaming computers.

E-ATX Motherboard
The E-ATX or extended ATX motherboard is much larger than the standard ATX motherboard.
This motherboard is primarily used for gaming where a lot of power is needed. Most of the extra
space on the board is used for extra expansion slots and memory slots. The boards also have
built-in Wi-Fi, sound cards, and onboard troubleshooting features. Up to 128 GB of RAM can be
installed on this board.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
96
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

LPX Motherboard
Low profile extension motherboards, or LPX
motherboards, were created after the AT boards in
the 1990s.

The main difference between these boards and

previous ones is that the input and output ports are
located at the back of the system. AT boards also
adopted this concept in their newer versions as a
result of its success. Additional slots were also
placed with the use of a riser card. However, these
riser cards also posed the issue of insufficient
airflow.

In some cases, the LPX board did not even have a

real AGP slot, and instead connected via the PCI
bus. All of these unfavorable aspects led to the extinction of this motherboard system, which was
replaced by the NLX.

NLX Motherboard
The NLX board is an upgraded version of the LPX
motherboard. It was created in the 1990s to provide
support for larger cases, cards, and devices. NLX
stands for New Low Profile Extended. It supported
the Pentium II processor, AGP, DIMM memory,
and USB.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
97
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

BTX Motherboard

BTX stands for Balanced Technology extended.

A major goal of the BTX was to remove or avoid some issues that arose when using the latest
technologies. Newer technologies tend to draw more power and release more heat than those
running on motherboards that conform to the ATX specification of 1996. Intel proposed both
ATX and BTX standards. Intel canceled the development of BTX retail products in September
2006 due to its decision to focus on low-power CPUs after having issues with scaling and
temperature with the Pentium 4.

Gateway Inc. was the first company to implement BTX, followed by Dell and MPC. Apple’s
MacPro uses some BTX elements, but it is not BTX compliant. Compared to previous
technologies, this type of motherboard has some improvements:

• Low-profile: With the greater demand for ever-smaller systems, a redesigned backplane
that shaves inches off the height requirements is a benefit to system integrators and
enterprises which use rack mounts or blade servers.
• Thermal design: The BTX design provides a straighter path of airflow with lesser
difficulties, which results in better overall cooling capabilities. Instead of a dedicated
cooling fan, a large 12 cm case-fan is mounted, meaning it draws its air directly from
outside the computer and then cools the CPU through an air duct. Another feature of
BTX is the vertical mounting of the motherboard on the left-hand side. This kind of
feature results in the graphics card heat sink or fan facing upwards, rather than in the
direction of the adjacent expansion card.
• Structural design: The BTX standard specifies distinct locations for hardware mounting
points and hence reduces latency between key components. It also reduces the physical

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
98
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

strain imposed on the motherboard by heat sinks, capacitors, and other components which
are dealing with electrical and thermal regulation.

Pico BTX Motherboard

A Pico BTX motherboard form factor is for the manufacture of even smaller BTX standard
cards. This is smaller than many current “micro” sized motherboards; hence the name “Pico” has
been used. These motherboards share a common top half with the other sizes in the BTX line,
but they support only one or two expansion slots, designed for half-height or riser-card
applications.

Initially, the ATX and BTX motherboards were so similar that moving a BTX motherboard to an
ATX case was possible. In later stages, the BTX form factor was transformed into a mirror
image of the ATX standard. When compared to ATX, BTX motherboards are ‘left side up’ and
not upside down. This means they are mounted on the opposite side of the case. Various
computer cases, for example, the Cooler Master Series (Stackers), were released so that users can
develop motherboards without buying a new case. However, all connectors and slot standards are
identical, including PCI(e) cards, processors, RAM, hard drives, etc.

BTX power supply units can be exchanged with ATX 12V units, but not with older ATX power
supplies without the extra 4-pin 12V connector.

Mini ITX Motherboard

The Mini-ITX form factor is a 6.7-by-6.7 inches low-power motherboard size. It was designed
by VIA Technologies in 2001. These are largely used in small form factor (SFF) computer
systems. Mini-ITX boards can also be cooled easily because of their low power consumption
architecture. Such an architecture makes them widely useful for home theater PC systems or
systems where fan noise can diminish the quality of the cinema experience. The four mounting
holes in a Mini-ITX board line up with the four holes in ATX specification motherboards, and
the locations of the back plate and expansion slot are the same. Although, one of the holes used
was optional in earlier versions of the ATX. Hence, Mini-ITX boards can be used in places that
are designed for ATX, micro-ATX, and other ATX variants if required.

One expansion slot is provided for the Mini-ITX form factor, which corresponds to a standard 33
MHz 5V 32-bit PCI slot. Some cases use riser cards, and some even have two-slot riser cards,
even when the two-slot riser cards cannot be used with all the boards. Several boards based on
non-x86 processors have a 3.3V PCI slot, and the Mini-ITX 2.0 (2008) boards have a PCI-
express ×16 slot. PCI riser cards supplied with cases cannot be used with these boards.

Nano ITX Motherboard

This motherboard is even smaller than the Mini ITX board. It measures 4.7-by-4.7 inches. These
are fully-integrated boards that are designed to consume very little power. It can be used on
many devices but is generally found in smart entertainment devices like smart TVs, in-vehicle
devices, media centers, PVRs, and more.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
99
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Pico ITX Motherboard

This motherboard is the smallest form factor in this article. A Pico ITX motherboard only
measures 3.9-by-2.8 inches. or about 75% smaller than the Mini ITX. VIA technologies designed
this board for the IoT market, where devices are becoming even smaller as the years go on. It is
an x86 based platform and has low power consumption. It is a good choice for embedded
systems like in-vehicle computers, industrial automation, digital signature, and more.

Parts of Motherboard

Parts of the Motherboard are as follow.

• RAM Chip and RAM Slot

• CPU Chip and Socket
• PCI Slots
• ROM Chip
• Accelerated Graphics Port
• North Bridge
• SouthBridge
• CMOS Battery
• Power Supply Plug

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
100
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Parallel Port
• Serial Port
• SATA and PATA Connector
• USB Port
• DVI Port
• RJ-45 Port
• HDMI Port
• FDD Connector
• Optical Drive Audio Connector
• 1394 Headers
• F Audio Connectors
• Heat Sink
• Switches and Jumper
• Microphone port, headphone port, subwoofer port, guitar port, DVD player port, stereo
receiver port
• Capacitor
• Transistor
• VRMs
• Mounting Screw Hole
• Power, Reset, SW, LED Pins

Now let's understand each of them.

1) RAM chip and RAM Slot

RAM is an acronym for Random Access
Memory. It is also referred to as the
primary memory. RAM (random access
memory) is a type of temporary data
storage device found in computers and
other electronic devices. One important
thing to know about RAM is When the
power is switched off, the data in RAM
is deleted.

In layman's terms, RAM is analogous to

short term memory. RAM forgets its
content as soon as power is off, and the
Information stored in short-term
memory will get lost after a few days.
RAM supports bidirectional data transfer from the CPU to memory during a write operation
and from RAM to the CPU during a read operation. It acts as a bridge between the CPU and
other devices such as HDDs, CDROMs, and PEN drives.

RAM is named after the fact that any memory address in RAM can be accessed directly from any
location. Data in any memory location can be accessed if the row and column numbers are known.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
101
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

DRAM, SDRAM, DDR, SRAM, CMOS RAM, VRAM, and other types of RAM are available on
the market. RAM in the PC market typically ranges from 2 GB to 16 GB.

2) CPU Chip and Socket

CPU is an abbreviation for Central
Processing Unit. Computers and other
electronic devices sometimes refer to
the central processing unit (CPU) as
their "brain" because it handles all of
the device's decision-making functions.

All of the components and peripherals

are either directly or indirectly
connected to the CPU.

The primary role of the CPU is to

perform basic arithmetic, logical, and input/output functions.

CPU consists of 3 main typical components. ALU, CU and Registers

ALU: ALU is a CPU digital circuit (gates) that conducts all arithmetic and logical operations.
ALU is capable of performing basic arithmetic operations such as addition, subtraction,
multiplication, and division. ALU is capable of performing logical operations such as number and
letter comparisons. A single CPU can have many ALUs.

CU: The Control Unit (CU) is a digital circuit within the CPU that governs all processes. It
enables and instructs various logical units, I/O devices, and the computer's memory on how to
respond to program instructions from various components, as well as the user.

Registers: Registers are a form of temporary memory and ALU and CU rely on them. They are
sometimes referred to as "Immediate Memory".CPU can instantly access, store and transport
data and instruction from registered memory and process it.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
102
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3) PCI Slots and PCI Chip

PCI stands for Peripheral Component
Interconnected and is an attached hardware
component of the motherboard that enables
you to connect various hardware components
such as modems, disk controllers, NIC cards,
Sound Cards, graphics cards, SSD add-on
cards, RAID cards, and additional USB and
serial ports without having to add or replace
the motherboard.

If your motherboard only has a limited

number of ports and slots for connecting
various types of hardware devices, such as
graphics cards (AGP ports), you can connect
these cards using PCI slots and gain the
same advantage as if they were installed on
the motherboard. Similarly, if your
computer system only has a limited number
of USB ports and you want more, you can
buy a USB PCI card to add more USB ports
to your system.

Prior to the introduction of PCI in 1992, ISA fig. USB PIC Card (To connect numerous USB devices)
and EISA were used for the same purpose.
Later in 2004, the PCIe slot was invented, and it has now replaced PCI, AGP, and ISA slots.

Showing PCI slots, AGP slots, and ISA slots in the same picture:

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
103
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

General FAQs

1. What is the full form of PCI and PCIe(or PCI-E)?

Ans: PCI stands for Peripheral Component Interconnected. PCIe stands for Peripheral
Component Interconnected Express.

2. Do we have PCI slots on laptops?

Ans: Generally PCI slots are available on desktop PC but not in most laptops do not
have reusable PCI slots because of their compact size and space. On some laptops, we can use it
if you have Express Card Slots and can get adaptors to use PCI or PCIe.

3. Check which version of the PCI slot is installed on the computer?

Ans: There are manual ways by going into the device manager. Better try using CPU-Z
software for getting a detailed view of all versions of installed hardware.

4) ROM Chip
ROM is nonvolatile storage whose content
will not get erased even after power is cut off.
Content stored in ROM is impossible or very
difficult to modify.

The BIOS information is kept in ROM, which

is only a few KB in size and tells how to start,
what to do when it starts, which driver to load,
CPU fan speed information, boot sequences
information, system date time, and so on.

5) AGP Slot and Chip

AGP Slot (Accelerated Graphics Port Slot) is
a type of expansion slot similar to a PCI slot,
although it is mostly used for graphics cards.
Intel was the first to introduce it in 1996. This
expansion slot is easily identifiable because it
is usually brown in color.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
104
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

6) North Bridge
North Bridge is also known as Memory Controller Hub or Host Bridge. It is the motherboard's
primary controller, directing traffic to and from the CPU. As a result, the northbridge chip has an
impact on the computer's performance. Because it performs a lot of processing, it usually comes
with a heatsink.

Characteristics of North Bridge:

• It connects southbridge to the CPU.

• It handles and communicates faster components on the motherboard like Main Memory,
AGP, PCIe, ROM, and CPU.
• It acts as a controller for bus speed on the motherboard.
• Generally, it does lots of work with the CPU, so it is located near to the CPU generally
with the heatsink.
• It is a core component and is directly connected to the CPU.

In some processors of Intel, all the functioning of northbridge is performed by the CPU.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
105
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

7) South Bridge
The southbridge is an IC chip that manages and controls IO functionality on the motherboard. It
does not have direct communication with the CPU, unlike Northbridge. It typically handles
low-speed devices due to its slower communication speed. The CPU sends an instruction to
the northbridge, which then sends it to the southbridge. It is linked to the PCI bus, ISA buses,
IDE buses, audio, serial devices such as a mouse, keyboard, USB ports, and so on, as well as a
SATA hard disk connector.
In size, itattached
heatsink is smaller
to than
it. the northbridge. And in some southbridge, we can find a
8) CMOS Backup Battery
CMOS stands for "Complementary Metal Oxide
Semiconductor" and is found in both laptop and
desktop PCs in the form of a small circular coin.
CMOS stores a variety of system data such as
the current system clock, date, time, pulses,
commonly used hardware settings, BIOS
configuration settings, BOOT sequences, BIOS
master/admin password, GPU, and
virtualization settings, power management, and
so on.

They can save those sets for a longer period of

time, ranging from 2 to 10 years. Because it is
constantly holding all of the above-mentioned
settings, CMOS works even when your system
is turned off.

CMOS battery looks like this:

CMOS is also called CMOS RAM, COS-MOS, and NVRAM(Non-Volatile

RAM) in the market.

It is also called the RTC(Real Time Clock) of the computer system because even
computer is shut down it is able to store all the required information that the
system required to boot the system next time.

More About CMOS

1) CMOS chips were first introduced in the IBM computer.
2) CMOS is a low-power technology chip so it lasts longer.
3) CMOS can store usually up to 256 bytes of information.
4) CMOS battery in laptop and desktop PC is 3V
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
106
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

5) CMOS battery life lasts 2 to 10 years (source: hp store)

6) Commonly used CMOS battery in PCs is a CR2032 lithium coin cell

CMOS FAQs

Q1) What happens if the CMOS battery Dies?

Ans: CMOS battery in PCs operates at 3V.If the CMOS battery goes below 2.6V then
CMOS has more chances to lose BIOS Settings and hardware settings, dates, and
times. Even sometimes the Operating System will also not load.

9)Power Supply Plug

The primary function of the Motherboard's Power Supply plug is to supply power to the
Motherboard and its attached components and peripherals.

fig. Power Supply Box provides power to the motherboard and devices like HDD, CDROM,
Floppy etc

i) 24 (20 + 4) ATX power supply

In modern PCs, ATX power supply is provided which is a 24 Pin(20 + 4) Main Power Supply
Connector (Older Pcs only have 20 Pin)

ii) 4 Pin or 8 Pin Connector

This port in the motherboard is to provide dedicated power to the CPU. Older PCs may not have
this Plugin motherboard but modern computers can do lots of work like overclocking so, a
dedicated cable is provided to the CPU.

8Pin connector can be split into two and each split part can be used as a 4 pin connector.

iii) PCI-Express 6-Pin or 8-Pin Connector

This is required to power the PCI-E port.PCI-E slot required 75W power to operate.
THE older PC does not have this.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
107
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

iv) Molex
Molex pin is 4 power pin which is required to supply power to older CDROM and hard drives.
Molex is nowadays used for Case Fan. (some have some do not have)

v) Berg: It is used for floppy drives in much older PCs.

vi) SATA power supply

Modern hard drives and CDROM uses SATA cable for power. In the motherboard, it is an L-
shape port and so its cable is connected to the SATA port in one way only. In motherboard, it has
15 pins. It provides features of hot-swappable hard drives ie. plug and play hard drive features.

fig. Power Supply Cable connecting to devices and motherboard

10) SATA and PATA Port and Connector

PATA is an acronym that stands for Parallel Advanced Technology Attachment. It is a ribbon
cable with 40 pins that is used to connect mass storage devices such as hard disks (HDD or SSD)
and optical drives to a computer. Western Digital and Compaq introduced it in 1986.

fig. PATA Cable and Port

Every PATA cable has two or three connectors, one of which is connected to the adapter
interfacing and the others to secondary storage devices. In modern computers, it is not used. It is
outdated technology and is replaced by SATA Technology

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
108
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Serial Advanced Technology Attachment is an abbreviation for Serial Advanced Technology

Attachment. It is a 7-pin cable that is shorter and more powerful than the PATA connector, and it
serves the same purpose. SATA's first version was released in 2000.

There are several advantages of using SATA over PATA

• Reduce Cable Size: The size of the SATA cable is shorter than the PATA cable. The
maximum cable length of SATA cable is 18 inch and PATA's maximum cable length is ~
39 inches.
• Higher Bandwidth: The bandwidth ranges of various PATA cable is between 16 MB/s -
133 MB/s. But bandwidth ranges of various SATA cable is between 150 MB/s - 600
MB/s.
• SATA has hot-swappable features: SATA cable from the devices can be plugged in and
out even system is ON(But don't try with running hard disk or CDROM). Hot-swappable
does not work with PATA. Try it(Remove SATA cable from CDROM, Restart your PC
then insert SATA in CDROM, it will work.)
it will
Trynot
it (Remove
work. Precaution:
PATA cable
Don't
from
do this
CDROM,
hot-swap
Restart
withyour
PATAPCcable).
then insert PATA in CDROM,

• SATA cable is cheaper than PATA cable.

• SATA offers an external interface but PATA doesn't.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
109
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

11) eSATA Port

Some computer also has an external SATA port. It is used to connect external secondary devices
like external HDDs and CD Rom. It is much faster than the USB 3.0 port.

12) eSATAp Port

eSATAp is a port that supports both USB devices and eSATA.It is power over eSATA.

13) SCSI Port

SCSI is an abbreviation for Small Computer System Interface. It has the ability to connect up to
16 peripheral devices via a single bus, including one host adaptor. As a result, you can connect a
scanner, CD ROM, Zip drive, and hard drive to a single SCSI cable chain. It is more expensive
but performs better than IDE. It is now being phased out. It was available prior to the
introduction of the IDE.

fig. SCSI Cable and Port

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
110
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

14) Parallel Port

A parallel port is used to transfer data
through multiple communication channels
in parallel. Printers, scanners, Zip drives,
external HDDs, tape backup devices,
external CD ROMs, and other similar
devices.

15) Serial Port

With a serial port, only one bit of data gets
transferred at a time. It is found in an older PC
to connect older keyboards, PDAs, external
modems.

16) PS/2 Port

PS/2 port was popular in older desktop PCs.But now it is obsolete.

• PS/2 (green color ) is for the mouse.

• PS/2 (purple) is for the keyboard.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
111
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

17) USB Port

Universal Serial Bus is the abbreviation for Universal Serial Bus. Its transfer rates are faster than
the PS/2 connector, hence we don't see a PS/2 port on recent computers. USB ports come in a
variety of shapes and sizes, including:

• Type A
• Type B
• Type C
• Type A Mini
• Type B Mini
• Type A Micro
• Type B Micro
• Type B Micro USB3

18) RJ-45 Port

Register Jack is abbreviated as RJ. It resembles a telephone jack, but it is slightly larger. RJ45 is
also known as an Ethernet port because it is used to connect a computer to the internet. The RJ 45

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
112
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

port is used to connect to the Local Area Network via a twisted pair ethernet cable. The Ethernet
cable has a connector that is connected to the RJ45 port.

19) HDMI port

HDMI is an abbreviation for High Definition
Multimedia Interface. It was created in the year
2002 AD. It appears to be a USB port, but it is
much larger in size. HDMI is a digital interface
that allows audio and video data to be
transmitted in a single cable to digital devices
such as a digital TV, projector, gaming console,
computer, mobile devices, digital camera, cable
box, blu ray player, and so on.

20) Audio Port

Most desktop computer nowadays comes with 3 to 6 ports.

• Green Color Port is a Line Out which is for

headphones and stereo speakers.
• Pink /Light Pink Port for Microphones input.
• Light Blue Port is line in which is for mp3 players,
DVD players, CD players, stereo receivers,
turntables, electric guitar, and VCR audio outputs.
• Dolby Audio Black Port for rear speaker.
• The orange/yellow port is the Center/Bass Channel
which is for the subwoofer
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
113
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

21) Heatsink
Heatsinks use a thermal conductor to reduce heat generated and prevent overheating from
hardware components like CPU, GPU, northbridge, southbridge, RAM modules, etc. In general,
that component that generates heat required a heatsink.

CPU has to perform a large number

of tasks every second. While
performing large tasks, it beings to
generate heat and if heat is not
maintained then
the processor will destroy itself. Also
at the top of the heatsink will have a
FAN and this FAN helps to cool
down the heat sink. This is Air
coolant Heatsink

But in the market, we will have a

liquid coolant heatsink as well
generally used in a high-end gaming
environment, servers, and datacenter.

22) Switches and Jumper

Switches and jumpers are used to

reconfigure the circuit onto an existing
circuit board in a reversible way.

Jumper also called Jumper Shunt is a

small circuit board used to close, open
or bypass part of an electronic circuit.

Closed Stage Jumper: If the plug is

pushed down over two pins, the jumper
is referred to as jumpered.

Opened Stage Jumper: If there is no

plug into the pin then it is an open stage.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
114
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

🔥 Caution: Before adjusting jumper configuration make sure that the system is turned off
otherwise system may get damaged.
23) Capacitor
A capacitor is an electronic device used
for filtering, decoupling, and timing the
circuit in the motherboard. There are
more capacitors in the motherboard
which mostly does decoupling
functionality, so those capacitors are
called decoupling capacitors. A
decoupling capacitor is used for
stabilizing power in each IC used in the
system.

It comes with various voltage levels like

3.3 V, 5 V, and 12 V.

Suppose a circuit needs 5 V input than before that circuit there will be capacitors in parallel which
allow up to 5 V to pass to that circuit.

24) Transistor and MOSFET

Transistor
of motherboard
is used
forinvarious
most ofpurposes
the components
like

• controlling the amount of current or

voltage in the component
• amplification/modulation electronic
signal
• switching of an electronic signal and
electrical power.

Today's motherboard has SMD(Surface

Mount Device) transistor which uses Surface
Mount Technology(SMT). They are found
mounted in the motherboard.

MOSFET(Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor) is the most widely used transistor
in motherboards.

Denoting letter for Mosfet and Transistor is same: ie. Q, PQ

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
115
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

25) Diode
The motherboard in your laptop and the
mobile phone both have SMD Diodes that
are mounted on the motherboard.

The diode's primary function is to allow

current to flow in only one direction, much
like a one-way street. It aids in the
conversion of voltage spikes in the
motherboard by converting alternating
current (AC) voltage spikes to direct
current.

Denoting letter for Diode : D

26) VRMs
VRMs stands for Voltage Regulator
module. VRMs are electronic circuits
located near the CPU and their main
work is to provide steady and consistent
voltage to the processor. As the Power
supply unit converts external voltage eg.
240 volts to 12V or 5 V, this voltage is
again taken by VRMs first and then again
step down and regulates these voltages
and provides the continuous required
power to the processor.

It is especially important for overclocking a CPU or GPU.

27) Mounting Screw Hole

Mounting holes let us mount our motherboard to a
surface.

You simply have to pick a screw size that matches

the size of mounting holes in your motherboard,
find a surface to which it will be mounted and drill
accordingly.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
116
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #7

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Score
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________
Instruction: Give the Function of the following. Write your answer in a clean sheet of paper.

1. MOTHERBOARD
2. 4 pin CPU Fan pin-out 4-pin
3. 12v 4 pin CPU Power Connector
4. 24 pin ATX Power Connector
5. FRONT PANEL CONNECTORS.
6. BIOS Short for Basic Input/Output System
7. CMOS BATTERY
8. NORTH BRIDGE CHIPSET
9. SOUTH BRIDGE CHIPSET
10. USB HEADER
11. IDE SLOT
12. MEMORY SLOT
13. PCI SLOT
14. Ethernet Card / Sound Card / Modem Card
15. AGP SLOT.
16. CPU SOCKET
17. CPU FAN
18. HEAT SINK
19. PARALLEL PORT
20. PS/2 connector
21. SERIAL PORT
22. LAN PORT
23. USB PORT
24. AUDIO PORT
25. VGA PORT

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
117
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Performance Task Sheet #2

Student Full Name: _______________________________
Date: _______________
Grade & Section: _________________
Subject Teacher Name: _______________________________ Score
Instruction: Create a recorded video that you’re doing the Given Task Disassemble and
Assemble computer. Send your output to your teacher email address.
If you don’t have a material to conduct the Task, you need to send a video link of disassembling
and assembling a computer to your teacher email address.

Performance Task Sheet

Title: Disassemble and Assemble computer
Performance Objective:
Given the necessary instructions and equipment, you are required to Disassemble and Assemble a
computer.
Supplies : Cellphone with camera (for video recording)
Equipment : Computer, Screw Driver, Wrist Strap
Steps/Procedure:
Remove the power cable in the outlet.
Remove your static or discharge yourself.
Apply the OHS.
Remove the cover chases.
Unscrew and remove the following
✓ Motherboard
✓ Hard Drive
✓ Optical Drive
✓ CPU
✓ RAM
✓ CPU Fan
✓ Power Supply
✓ Cables
Assemble the computer.
Power On the computer.

Performance Criteria Checklist

CRITERIA YES NO
Removed the power cable in the outlet.

Discharged your self

Applied the OHS all the time
Devices removed properly with care

Assembled the computer properly

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
118
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 8
“Performing basic input
output system (BIOS)
configuration”
How to Configure the BIOS Using the BIOS Setup Utility?

Entering the BIOS

1. Restart your computer.
Open Start

, click the power icon

, and click Restart.

If your computer is locked, click the lock screen,
then click the power icon in the bottom-right corner
of the screen and click Restart.
If your computer is already off, press your
computer's "On" switch.

2. Wait for the computer's first startup screen

to appear.
Once the startup screen appears, you'll have a very
limited window in which you can press the setup
key.
It's best to start pressing the setup key as soon as
the computer begins to restart.
If you see "Press [key] to enter setup" or something
similar flash across the bottom of the screen and
then disappear, you'll need to restart and try again.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
119
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. Press and hold Del or F2 to enter setup.

The key you're prompted to press might also be
different; if so, use that key instead.
You'll typically use the "F" keys to access the
BIOS. These are at the top of your keyboard,
though you may have to locate and hold
the Fn key while pressing the proper "F" key.

4. Wait for your BIOS to load.

After successfully hitting the setup key, the BIOS
will load. This should only take a few moments.
When the loading is complete, you will be taken to
the BIOS settings menu.

Adjust Settings
1. Familiarize yourself with the BIOS controls.

Since BIOS menus don't support mouse input, you'll

need to use the arrow keys and other computer-specific
keys to navigate the BIOS. You can usually find a list of
controls in the bottom-right corner of the BIOS
homepage.

2. Change your settings carefully.

When adjusting settings in your BIOS, be sure that you

certain what the settings will affect. Changing settings
incorrectly can lead to system or hardware failure.
If you don't know what you want to change coming into
the BIOS, you probably shouldn't change anything.

3. Change the boot order.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
120
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

If you want to change what device to boot from, enter the Boot menu. From here, you can
designate which device the computer will attempt to boot from first. This is useful for booting
from a disc or flash drive to install or repair an operating system.
You'll typically use the arrow keys to go over to the Boot tab to start this process.

4. Create a BIOS password. 5. Change your date and time.

You can create a password Your BIOS’s clock will dictate your
that will lock the computer from Windows clock. If you replace your
booting unless the correct computer's battery, your BIOS clock
password is entered. will most likely be reset
6.
Change fan speeds and system voltages. 7. Save and Exit

When you are finished adjusting your settings,

These options are for advanced users only. you will need to save and exit by using your
In this menu, you can overclock your CPU, BIOS' "Save and Exit" key in order for your
potentially allowing for higher changes to take effect. When you save and
performance. This should be performed restart, your computer will reboot with the new
only if you are comfortable with your settings. Check the BIOS key legend to see
computer’s hardware. which key is the "Save and Exit" key.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
121
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

UEFI vs BIOS: What's the Difference?

So you might have heard the acronyms BIOS and UEFI thrown around, especially when trying to
switch Operating Systems or messing around with overclocking.

And you might know what these acronyms stand for (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface and
Basic Input/Output System, respectively). But have you ever wondered how they're used in a
computer system?

Let's demystify these terms and their meanings now.

Boot Procedure
First things first – I know we're deviating from the topic, but I promise this will help you with
some concepts later on.

So, how does a computer boot? Let's go step by step:

1. You press the power button on your laptop/desktop.

2. The CPU starts up, but needs some instructions to work on (remember, the CPU always
needs to do something). Since the main memory is empty at this stage, CPU defers to
load instructions from the firmware chip on the motherboard and begins executing
instructions.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
122
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. The firmware code does a Power On Self Test (POST), initializes the remaining
hardware, detects the connected peripherals (mouse, keyboard, pendrive etc.) and checks
if all connected devices are healthy. You might remember it as a 'beep' that desktops used
to make after POST is successful.

4. Finally, the firmware code cycles through all storage devices and looks for a boot-loader
(usually located in first sector of a disk). If the boot-loader is found, then the firmware
hands over control of the computer to it.
We don't need to know more about this topic for the purposes of this article. But if you're
interested, then read on (otherwise, you can skip to next section).

5. So now that the boot-loader is loaded, its job is to load the rest of the operating system.
GRUB is one such boot-loader that is capable of loading unix-like operating systems and
is also able to chain-load Windows OS. Boot-loader is only available in the first sector of
a disk, which is 512 bytes. Given the complexity of modern operating systems, some of
these boot-loaders tend to do multi-stage loading, where the main boot-loader loads the
second-stage-boot-loader in an environment which is not restricted to 512 bytes.
6. The boot-loader then loads the kernel into memory. Unix-like operating systems then run
the init process (the master process, from which other processes are forked/executed) and
finally initialize the run-levels.
7. In Windows, wininit.exe is loaded along with some other processes like services.exe for
service control, lsass.exe for local security and authority (similar to run-levels)
and lsm.exe for local session management.
8. After all this, and after some other drivers are initialized, the Graphical User Interface
(GUI) is loaded and you are presented with the login screen.
This was a very high-level overview of the boot process. If you're interested in Operating
Systems, I would recommend that you read more on osdev.net.
Now let's get back to our original topic.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
123
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

BIOS:

BIOS stands for Basic Input/Output System, the firmware we talked about in the above boot
procedure.

It is stored on an EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory), allowing the

manufacturer to push out updates easily.

It provides many helper functions that allow reading boot sectors of attached storage and printing
things on screen. You can access BIOS during the initial phases of the boot procedure by
pressing del, F2 or F10.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
124
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

UEFI:

ASUS UEFI
UEFI stands for Unified Extensible Firmware Interface. It does the same job as a BIOS, but with
one basic difference: it stores all data about initialization and startup in an .efi file, instead of
storing it on the firmware.

This .efi file is stored on a special partition called EFI System Partition (ESP) on the hard disk.
This ESP partition also contains the bootloader.

UEFI was designed to overcome many limitations of the old BIOS, including:

1. UEFI supports drive sizes upto 9 zettabytes, whereas BIOS only supports 2.2 terabytes.

2. UEFI provides faster boot time.

3. UEFI has discrete driver support, while BIOS has drive support stored in its ROM, so
updating BIOS firmware is a bit difficult.

4. UEFI offers security like "Secure Boot", which prevents the computer from booting from
unauthorized/unsigned applications. This helps in preventing rootkits, but also hampers
dual-booting, as it treats other OS as unsigned applications. Currently, only Windows and
Ubuntu are signed OS (let me know if I am wrong).

5. UEFI runs in 32bit or 64bit mode, whereas BIOS runs in 16bit mode. So UEFI is able to
provide a GUI (navigation with mouse) as opposed to BIOS which allows navigation
only using the keyboard.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
125
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 11 or Windows 10

The images in this article are displayed in English for illustration purposes only.

1. Click Start and then select Settings.

2. Click Update and Security.

3. On the left side, click Recovery.

4. Under Advanced start-up, click Restart Now.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
126
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

5. Click Troubleshoot.

6. Click Advanced options.

7. Select UEFI Firmware Settings.

8. Click Restart to restart the computer and enter UEFI (BIOS).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
127
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 8.1 or Windows 8

NOTE: The instructions in this section applies to Dell computers with Windows 8.1 or Windows
8. Dell computers upgraded to Windows 8.1 or Windows 8 after purchase may not have some of
the following settings. For example, upgrading from Windows 7 to Windows 8 or 8.1. If the
computer does not support UEFI, learn how to boot into UEFI or BIOS without booting into
Microsoft Windows.

1. Go to PC Settings, press the Windows + I key.

2. On the left side, select General.
3. Under the Advanced startup section, click Restart now.

4. The computer will reboot into the advanced startup menu.

5. Click Troubleshoot.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
128
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

6. Click Advanced options.

7. Select UEFI Firmware Settings.

8. Click Restart to restart the computer and enter UEFI (BIOS).

How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 7

1. Turn on the computer.
2. At the Dell logo, tap the F2 key several times.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
129
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #8

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Write your answer in a sheet of paper.

I. What are the step process to ENTER BIOS SETUP.

____________________________________ ____________________________________
____________________________________ ____________________________________
____________________________________ ____________________________________
____________________________________ ____________________________________
____________________________________ ____________________________________
____________________________________ ____________________________________

II. How to boot into UEFI or BIOS from Windows 11 or Windows 10

__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
130
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 9
Creating a Portable Bootable Device
ISO file is an exact copy of the compact disc. It can be used to make a backup of compact disc or
distribute software on Internet. PowerISO can not only create ISO file from compact disc, but
also create ISO file from local files and folders.

To create ISO file from local files and folders, please follow the steps,

• Run PowerISO.
• An empty compilation will be created automatically. By default, the compilation will
include iso9660 and joliet file system. If you want to create a DVD ISO file, you can
click on the "New" button on toolbar or choose the "File > New > Data CD / DVD
Image" menu, then select "UDF DVD". You can also change the media type by clicking
the media type area in the right bottom of the window.

• Add all files needed to the compilation and make necessary modification to the
compilation.

Click on the "Add" button on toolbar to add files and folders. You can also directly drag files and
folders from Windows Explorer to the PowerISO window.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
131
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Click the menu "Action > New Folder" to create a new folder.

Click the menu "Action > Change Label" to change the default label.

Click the menu "Action > Boot > Add boot information.." to add boot information file to the
compilation, thus can create bootable iso file.

Click the menu "File > Properties" to update the iso file properties.

• After you have made all necessary modification to the compilation, You can save the
compilation to an ISO file. Click on the "Save" button on toolbar, or choose the "File >
Save" menu.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
132
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• The "Save file" dialog will popup. Enter the iso file path name, and select the output
format to "Standard ISO Images (*.iso)" format, then click "Save".

• PowerISO will start creating iso file. It will show the progress information during writing
iso file. After the operation completes successfully, PowerISO will automatically open
the new created iso file.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
133
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How does USB Boot work?

USB Boot works the same way a floppy disk was earlier used to boot a computer up. It is mostly
used to repair, recover, or install an operating system from scratch. To perform a USB boot, first,
you would have to create a bootable USB device.
This can be done using your own PC or other third-party utilities. Then the software will copy all
the operating system files and boot the sequence into the USB drive/pen drive to enable the USB
boot. In order to create a bootable USB, you would need a USB drive/pen drive with a minimum
of 8 GB of storage.

Formatting the USB Drive (using diskpart)

1. First, you have to run cmd (Command Prompt) as an Administrator. This is an important step
because you are going to edit disks that require admin privileges. There are several ways to open
a command prompt with admin rights:

Press Windows + X and select Command Prompt (Admin).

Open start menu, search cmd, right-click, and click run as administrator.
Open task manager, click on File > New Task, tick on Create this task with Administrator
privileges, type cmd and hit Enter.
2. Connect your USB drive to your computer.
3. Type “diskpart” and press enter. Doing this will open the windows inbuilt disk part utility
which is used to manage the storage on your computer. Now you have to wait until the
DiskPart utility starts running.

4. In the new diskpart window, type “list disk” and hit Enter. It will display all the active disks
present on your computer. Here, you will see several disks.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
134
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

5.Select the appropriate one based on the size of the disk. In our case, it is Disk 1.

Type “select disk 1” in the same window and hit Enter. You will now get a prompt “Disk 1 is
now the selected disk” That means any commands now will operate on Disk 1 directly.

6. Now, type “clean” and hit Enter to remove all of the data present in your USB drive. This
command will completely format your USB drive. Now, you will get a prompt “Diskpart
succeeded in cleaning the disk”.

To convert the disk to MBR, type “convert mbr”, otherwise for GPT, type “convert gpt”. Use
the recommendations provided below:

i) For Windows 7 or earlier: Prefer MBR

ii) For Windows 8 or later: Prefer GPT
iii) For any other OS: Refer to the official guidelines

Note: The latest devices support UEFI non-CSM, however, if you are running it on an older
device then your best bet will be to use MBR.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
135
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Instead of a single partition to make an MBR bootable USB drive, here, you will need to create
two partitions because natively without supplying the NTFS drivers UEFI will not be able to use
the NTFS partition. It can only recognize FAT32 natively.

i) EFI Partition: “create partition primary size=64”

ii) Data Partition: “create partition primary”
7. Type “create partition primary” and hit Enter. You will now get a prompt “DiskPart

succeeded in creating the specified partition.”

8. Type “select partition 1” and hit Enter. It will choose partition 1 for setting up it as an active
partition.

9. Now, type “active” and hit Enter. It will activate the current partition for you to work on.

10. Now you have to type “format fs=ntfs quick” and hit Enter. This command will finally
format your current partition as an NTFS file system.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
136
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

(For GPT partition)

Select first partition using “select partition 1” and format is as FAT32 file system
using “format fs=fat32 quick”.
Select second partition using “select partition 2” and format is as FAT32 file system
using “format fs=ntfs quick”.

To exit, simply type “exit” and hit Enter. The command will close the DiskPart utility but not the
CMD window.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
137
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How to Create a Bootable

USB Using Rufus
What is a Bootable USB?
A “bootable USB” is a regular USB storage device (like a USB stick or external hard drive) that
has an “ISO image” of an operating system saved on it.

An ISO image is an archive file that contains all the information found on an optical disc, such as
a CD or DVD. This could, for example, be a Windows installation CD.

Normally, whenever you start up your computer, it boots from the operating system stored on
your internal hard drive. By running the bootable USB however, you can boot up your computer
using the USB’s ISO image instead.

This can be useful if you ever need to recover, repair or install an operating system on your
computer.

How to Create a Bootable USB using Rufus

Rufus is one of several programs that allow you to create an “ISO image” on a USB stick. To
create a bootable USB using Rufus, all you need is:

• Your ISO of choice, e.g. Windows 10

• The latest version of Rufus (available online from https://rufus.ie)
• A spare USB stick (an 8GB USB should be plenty for Windows 10 but make
sure you have one that’s large enough for the ISO you’re using)
Once you’ve got these ready, just follow these steps to make your own bootable USB:

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
138
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Step 1: Open up Rufus and plug your clean USB stick into your computer.

Step 2: Rufus will automatically detect your USB. Click on Device and choose the USB you
want to use from the drop-down menu.

Step 3: Make sure the Boot Selection option is set to Disk or ISO image then click Select.
Rufus will open a file explorer browser window; locate the ISO image you want to burn onto the
USB and select it.

Note: In the latest version of Rufus (3.5), there’s now an option to download the ISO image
for Windows 8.1 or 10 directly through Rufus, if you don’t already have a copy saved. Just click
on the drop-down arrow next to the Select button and choose Download instead. This will open
a dialogue box where you can choose which Windows version you want to download.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
139
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Step 4: You’ll generally want to create a Standard Windows installation, and Rufus will
automatically detect the correct Partition Scheme based on your device, so keep the default
settings as they are. However, you can also change these if you want.

Step 5: Give the Volume label a name of your choice, or leave it as it is, and once again leave
the default settings for File system and Cluster size. Now click Start

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
140
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Note: if the USB you’re using isn’t large enough, you’ll get an error message you letting you
know. In this case, you’ll need to start again with a different larger USB.

Step 6: You’ll get a warning saying that any data on the USB will be destroyed (this is normal).
Click OK and Rufus will start creating the ISO image on the USB.

Step 7: Once Rufus has finished creating the ISO image on the USB, you can close it and your
bootable USB is ready to go!

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
141
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #9

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Write the complete process of Formatting the USB Drive (using diskpart).

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
142
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Performance Task #3:

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Create a recorded video that you’re doing the Given Task Creating a bootable flash
drive. Send your output to your teacher email address.
If you don’t have a material to conduct the Task, you need to write the complete process of the
given task.
Performance Task Sheet
Title: Creating a bootable flash drive
Performance Objective:
Given the necessary instructions and equipment, you are required to Create a bootable flash drive.
Supplies : Cellphone with camera (for video recording)
Equipment : Computer, USB Flash Drive (8GB), Rufus
Steps/Procedure:
Download an ISO File of Windows 10 or Windows 7 (ultimate).
Download a Portable Rufus
Insert your USB Flash Drive to your System Unit.
Run the portable rufus.
Follow the steps in the lesson.
Wait for the process to be complete.

Performance Criteria Checklist

CRITERIA YES NO
Did I… download the Windows 10 or Windows 7 Iso file

Did I… download the Portable Rufus

Did I… follow the Process in creating a bootable flash drive

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
143
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 10
Installation of portable
applications
Downloading and Installing - Step By Step
If you're not as familiar with downloading software and then installing it where you need it to be,
this is the guide for you. It explains in a step by step fashion, how to download an app (or the
suite) and install it to the portable device of your choice.

Downloading
1. Decide What You Want - The first step is to decide what you want to get. Do you want
a copy of Firefox Portable to run by itself? Or do you want to download the full
PortableApps Suite so you have a whole platform for portable apps? For most folks,
getting the whole suite is recommended.
2. Browse to the App Page - Now that you've decided what you'd like to get, browse to the
app's page with its logo and the big download button. If you scroll down to the download
details section of that page, it'll tell you how much space it will take up on your device.
3. Click the Download Button - Click the big red download button
4. Select a Mirror - The next page lets you select a mirror. This is just a technical way of
saying, select a download server that's close to you geographically so your download will
be faster. You'll see servers all over the world. Pick one nearby and then click the
Download link in the right-hand column of the table for the server you've chosen.
5. Save it Locally - Your browser will usually ask you where you'd like to save the file at
this point. We recommend saving it right to your computer's desktop so it's easy to find.
6. Wait for it to finish - The download will begin. After it finishes, you can move on to
installing

Installing
Now, installing is a bit different depending on whether you are installing the suite, installing an
app within the suite or just installing a standalone app.

Installing the PortableApps Suite

1. Start the Installer - Find the installer you downloaded in the steps above (usually on
your desktop) and double-click it to start the install process
2. Install To - The installer will ask where you'd like to install to. It's best to select the "root
directory" of your portable device. So, if your portable device is plugged in and shows up
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
144
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

as drive E in Windows Explorer, you'd select the path E:\ You can easily just click the
browse button next to the Install To line and then select your drive and click OK to fill
this in.
3. Click Ok - Once you're sure you've picked the right place to install to, just click ok.
4. Waiting - Installation will take a while. It will take anywhere from 1 to 20 minutes
depending on the speed of your drive. There will be times where the progress bar isn't
moving during this time. Be patient. It's installing. If your portable device has a little light
on it that lights up when it's being used, you'll see it flickering.
5. You're done - Once the install window goes away, it's installed. You can use the suite by
browsing to your portable device and double-clicking on the StartPortableApps.exe file.

Installing an App In PortableApps Suite

1. Start Your Menu - First, be sure you've start the PortableApps Menu. Usually Windows
will ask you to start it when you plug in your drive. You can also double-click on
StartPortableApps.exe within the root directory of your drive.
2. Select Install - With the menu shown (click the little PortableApps icon in the system
tray if you can't see it) click the Options icon and then select Install a New App form the
popup menu.
3. Install Window - The install window that comes up just tells you that you need a file in
PortableApps Format (which you downloaded earlier). Just click the Install button on this
window since you have one ready.
4. Select the Installer - In the file selection window that comes up, select the file you just
downloaded (it should be on your desktop) and click ok.
5. Waiting - Apps can take from 1 to 10 minutes to install depending on the size of the app.
Sometimes the progress bar won't move for a minute or two. Your portable drive's
activity light should be flickering.
6. Done - When the app is installed, the install window will disappear and your
PortableApps Menu will come back with your app's new icon on it.

Installing an App Manually

1. Start the Installer - Find the installer you downloaded in the steps above (usually on
your desktop) and double-click it to start the install process
2. Install To - The installer will ask where you'd like to install to. It's usually recommended
you keep your apps in a PortableApps directory on your portable device to keep things
organized. So, if your portable device is plugged in and shows up as drive E in Windows
Explorer, you'd select the path E:\PortableApps\ You can easily just click the browse
button next to the Install To line and then select this directory and click OK to fill this in.
3. Click Ok - Once you're sure you've picked the right place to install to, just click ok.
4. Waiting - Installation will take a while. It will take anywhere from 1 to 10 minutes
depending on the speed of your drive and the app you selected. There will be times where
the progress bar isn't moving during this time. Be patient. It's installing. If your portable
device has a little light on it that lights up when it's being used, you'll see it flickering.
5. Install Done - Once the install window goes away, it's installed. You can use your
software by browsing to the location you installed it to and double-clicking on the
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
145
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

launcher (For Firefox Portable, for instance, it would be FirefoxPortable.exe). If you're

using the PortableApps Menu and you installed manually, just click Options and then
Refresh App Icons within the menu to make your new app show up.

How To Install Portable Apps To The

Hard Drive
The dirty little secret about windows is that the more programs you install, the slower it runs.
When you install a program, it writes data to the windows registry. The windows registry is
a database. The more data you write to the database, the longer it takes to do database lookups.
That slows down everything. When you uninstall a program, it usually leaves some data behind
in the database. Eventually, you have to reinstall windows and reinstall your programs to get
the speed back. Okay, maybe that's not a secret, but here is a workaround.

Portable apps are designed to be installed to a USB flash drive, that you can move from machine
to machine. The installation program simply copies the program, and its associated files, to a
folder on the drive without making any changes to the windows registry. If you want to uninstall
the program, you simply delete the folder on the drive.

But you don't have to install portable apps to a USB flash drive. You can install them to your
hard drive and use them like any other program. But the one caveat is that because they don't
write to the windows registry, they don't integrate with windows. If ,for example, you were to
install the regular version of VLC player, it will write to the windows registry and associate
itself with video files so that you can play a video file in VLC by simply double clicking on
the video file. If you install the portable version of VLC, you don't get that feature
(although you can still manually set the file associations to do this).

So here is how to install portable apps to the hard drive. First, download the
Portable Apps Platform. This gives you a nice little portable apps start menu and an easy way
to manage updates. When you install the platform, choose New Install.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
146
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

On the next popup, choose "Local - install for current user".

If your home directory is in the standard location (under C:\Users\), then go with the default.

If you have moved your home directory (to the D: drive or somewhere else),

then use "Select a custom location" to specify where it is.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
147
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Now click on the Install button to complete the installation.

Select "Run PortableApps.com Platform" and "Create shortcut" and click on the Finish button.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
148
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

If it doesn't automatically start the platform, then start it from the start menu.

It will now pop up two windows. You can close the "What's new in the

PortableApps.com Platform" window. Scroll down in the other window and select one

or more portable apps to install.

You can click on Apps to bring up this window again. You can also click on Apps to check for

updates, and to install a portable app that you have manually downloaded from the

portable apps directory.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
149
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Click on Options to bring up this window. Click off the "Close Apps On Platform Exit"

check box. Change any other options that you want to change, and then click on the OK button.

If you get this popup when you exit the portable apps platform, choose No.

That's it. Your portable apps are now ready to use.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
150
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1st Quarter Quiz #10

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Self-Assessment: Write your answer on a sheet of paper.

1. What is a portable installer?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

2. Is portable better than installer, why?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

3. What is the different of a portable application to an installed application?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

4. Will you recommend the Portable file to your friends, why or why not?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

5. Base on your experience in downloading a portable file, did it make your task
easy and faster?
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
151
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

nd
2 Quarter
st
(1 SEMESTER)
Computer System
Servicing Part 1

Unit of Competency Module Title

Install and configure Installing and configure
computer systems computer systems

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
152
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 1
Installation of Operating
System (OS)
System Requirements
System requirements are the required specifications a device must have in order to use
certain hardware or software. For example, a computer may require a specific I/O port to work
with a peripheral device. A smartphone may need a specific operating system to run a
particular app.

Before purchasing a software program or hardware device, you can check the system requirements
to make sure the product is compatible with your system. Typical system requirements for a
software program include:

1. Operating system
2. Minimum CPU or processor speed
3. Minimum GPU or video memory
4. Minimum system memory (RAM)
5. Minimum free storage space
6. Audio hardware (sound card, speakers, etc)

System requirements listed for a hardware device may include:

1. Operating system
2. Available ports (USB, Ethernet, etc)
3. Wireless connectivity
4. Minimum GPU (for displays and graphics hardware)

Minimum vs Recommended Requirements

Some products include both minimum and recommended system requirements. A video game, for
instance, may function with the minimum required CPU and GPU, but it will perform better with
the recommended hardware. A more powerful processor and graphics card may produce
improved graphics and faster frame rates (FPS).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
153
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Some system requirements are not flexible, such as the operating system(s) and disk space required
for software installation. Others, such as CPU, GPU, and RAM requirements may vary
significantly between the minimum and recommended requirements. When buying or upgrading
a software program, it is often wise to make sure your system has close to the recommended
requirements to ensure a good user experience.

Below is an example of minimum versus recommended system requirements for a Windows

application.
1. OS: Windows 7 with SP1; Recommended: Windows 10
2. CPU: Intel or AMD processor with 64-bit support; Recommended: 2.8 GHz or
faster processor
3. GPU: nVidia GeForce GTX 1050 or equivalent; Recommended: nVidia
GeForce GTX 1660 or Quadro T1000
4. Disk Storage: 4 GB of free disk space
5. Monitor Resolution: 1280x800; Recommended: 1920x1080
6. Internet: Internet connection required for software activation

Power-on Self-test

What Is Power-on Self-test

What is POST? POST, referred to as Power-On Self-Test, is the initial setup of its power-on
purpose to determine if there are hardware-related issues with the computer for proper diagnostic
testing. The computer is not the only device running POST. Some devices, medical devices, and
other devices can also perform very similar self-tests after they are powered on.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
154
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Tip: To learn more fixes for hardware-related issues, you can go to MiniTool to find the
answers.

If all hardware passes the power-on self-test, the computer will continue the bootup process and
may generate a single beep sound as well. If the power-on self-test is unsuccessful, it generates a
beep code to indicate the error encountered and the computer will not boot up. All computer
POST errors are related to hardware issues with one of the components in the computer.

The Role of POST in the Startup Process

The power-on self-test is the first step in the boot sequence. It doesn't matter if you just restart
your computer or turn it on for the first time within a few days. Regardless, POST will run.

It does not depend on any particular operating system. In fact, you don't even need to have an
operating system installed on your hard drive to run POST. This is because testing is handled by
the system's BIOS and not any installed software.

It checks for the existence and functioning of basic system devices, such as keyboards and other
peripherals, and other hardware elements (such as processors, storage devices, and memory).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
155
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

After the POST, the computer will continue to boot, but only if it completes successfully. The
problem definitely comes after POST, such as Windows hangs during startup, but in most cases,
these problems may be due to operating system or software issues, not hardware.

In computers compatible with IBM PC, the main responsibility of POST is handled by the BIOS.
The BIOS will transfer some of these responsibilities to other programs designed to initialize
very specific peripherals, especially for video and SCSI initialization. The principal duties of the
main BIOS during POST are as follows:
• find, size, and verify the system main memory
• initialize BIOS
• identify, organize, and select which devices are available for booting
• verify CPU registers
• verify the integrity of the BIOS code itself
• verify some basic components like DMA, timer, interrupt controller
• pass control to other specialized extensions BIOS (if installed)

Errors about the Power-on Self-test

Almost everything that might prevent the computer from continuing to boot will signal some
kind of error. Errors can come in the form of flashing LEDs, audible beeps, or error messages on
the display, all of which are technically called POST codes, beep codes, and on-screen power-on
self-test error messages. The following chart is about beeps and their corresponding meanings:

Beeps Meaning

1 short beep Normal POST – the system is OK

2 short beeps POST error – error code is shown on screen

Power supply, system board problem, disconnected CPU, or disconnected

No beep
speaker

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
156
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Continuous beep Power supply, system board, or maybe RAM problem, keyboard problem

Repeating short
Power supply or system board problem or keyboard
beeps

1 long, 1 short beep System board problem

1 long, 2 short beeps Display adapter problem (MDA, CGA)

1 long, 3 short beeps Enhanced Graphics Adapter (EGA)

3 long beeps 3270 keyboard card

If some part of the power-on self-test fails, you will know soon after turning on the computer.
For example, if the problem lies with the video card, and therefore you can't see anything on the
monitor.

On macOS computers, power-on self-test errors often appear as an icon or another graphic
instead of an actual error message. For example, a broken folder icon after starting up your Mac
may mean that the computer can't find a suitable hard drive to boot from.

Certain types of failures during the POST might not produce an error at all, or the error may hide
behind a computer manufacturer's logo.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
157
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive

with Screenshots
Introduction
This guide demo how to install Windows 10 on a new hard drive with pictures. It provides a
complete step-by-step you need to install Windows 10 on a new hard drive from a DVD.
Steps to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive
Here are the high-level steps covered in this guide:
Get what you need to Install Windows 10
Create a Windows 10 Installation DVD
Confirm that your PC meets then requirements to Install Windows 10
Determine Windows 10 Edition you want to Install
Purchase a valid Windows 10 Product License Key
Configure Boot Sequence to Boot from CD
Perform Windows 10 Install on a New Hard Drive
Complete Windows 10 Post Install
1. Get what you need to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive
Window 10 DVD
Valid Windows 10 key (Home, Pro or Enterprise)
A PC that meets the Windows 10 installation requirements

2. Create a Windows 10 Installation DVD

The first step to install Windows 10 on a
new hard drive is to create a Windows
10 DVD.
If you already have a Windows 10
installation DVD proceed to the next
step.
If you need to create an installation
DVD, here are the steps
Download Windows 10 ISO with Media
Creation Tool. Use the steps in this
guide – How to Download Windows 10 ISO with Media Creation Tool. After downloading the
ISO file, insert a blank DVD into your PC. Then right-click the ISO file and select Burn disk
image.

3. Confirm that Your PC Meets Requirements to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive
If you attempt to install Windows 10 on a PC that do not meet the minimum installation
requirement, the installation is likely to fail.
To ensure your PC meets the requirement review the following information.
Below are the Windows 10 minimum installation requirements:
Processor: 1 gigahertz (GHz) or faster processor or SoC
RAM: 1 gigabyte (GB) for 32-bit Windows 10 or 2 GB for 64-bits

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
158
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Hard disk space: 16 GB for 32-bit OS 20 GB for 64-bit OS

Graphics card: DirectX 9 or later with WDDM 1.0 driver
Display: 800×600
Here are my recommended requirements for maximum performance:
Processor: 2.5 GHz Dual Core minimum (faster processor is better)
RAM: 4 gigabyte (GB) for 32-bit or 8 GB for 64-bit
Hard disk space: 320 GB (or more)
Graphics card: DirectX 9 or later with WDDM 1.0 driver (Any modern graphics card should do)
Display: 1920X1080 (Full HD)

4. Determine Windows 10 Edition You Need to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive
The table below list the core features offered by Home and Pro editions of Windows 10.
Based on the features in each edition, determine the edition that meets your needs.
You need this information to determine the Windows 10 licence you will purchase in the next
section.

Features Home Edition Pro Edition

4 GB on IA-32, 4 GB on IA-32
Maximum RAM
128 GB on x86-64 2 TB (2048 GB) on x86-64

Family Safety and Parental Controls ✔ X

Microsoft Edge ✔ ✔

Mobile device management ✔ ✔

Microsoft Store suggestions ✔ ✔

Windows Subsystem for Linux Available in 64-bits Available in 64-bits

Hyper-V X Available in 64-bits

BitLocker X ✔

AppLocker X X

Windows Information Protection X ✔

5. Windows 10 Product Licence Key

Now that you have made a choice what edition of Windows 10 to install, the next step in how to
install Windows 10 to a new hard drive is to purchase a license.
What determines your edition is the license key you use. So, ensure you buy the right license key
for the edition you want to install

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
159
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

You can buy Widows 10 license keys directly from Microsoft. The links below will take you to
the Microsoft pages where you can buy Windows 10 Pro and Home respectively.

6. Configure Boot Sequence to Boot from CD or DVD

When your PC boots it locates Operating System boot files in available boot media on the
computer. The boot sequence on the computer BIOS determines the first place the PC looks for
boot files.

To install Windows 10 to a new hard drive, modify your computers boot sequence to boot from
CD.

Here are the steps:

Press the power button to start your PC

Most PCs will splash a screen with a key to press to boot to BIOS. This normally happens very
quickly so you need to press the function key fast enough…
The function key to boot PCs to BIOS differ from one manufacturer to another. For a list of keys
for common PC manufacturers click this link – BIOS Keys by Manufacturer.
When your PC boots to BIOS, locate the setup to modify boot sequence. Then change it to boot
from CD or DVD.
The image below is for illustration purposes only. It is a boot sequence configuration for a
Hyper-V virtual machine.

Save the changes and exit BIOS

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
160
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive

Now you are ready to install Windows 10 on a new hard drive!
Here are the detailed steps:
Press the power button to boot your PC.
Your PC will display this screen. Press any key to boot from the DVD.

Then at the first screen of Windows At the install screen, click

10 installation, click Next. Install now.

If you do not provide a valid product key, you

have up to 180 days to evaluate Windows 10 –
then you will be required to register a product key.
At Applicable notices and licence
terms screen, check I accept the
licence terms. Then click Next.
When Activate Windows screen
loads, type your product key and
click Next.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
161
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Then select the hard drive you wish

to install the OS and click Next.
Then select Custom: Install
Windows only (advanced).

Wait for the installation to complete

the first steps to install Windows 10
to a new hard drive. This step will
take a while.

When the installation steps are

completed, your PC will display a
restart notification countdown. To
restart immediately, click Restart
now. See the second image below.
The restart will take a while. Then your PC will display the following screens. It may stay on
the Getting ready screen for a while.

After the Getting ready screen, your PC will

restart again..

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
162
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Complete the Final Steps to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive

When your computer restarts,

follow these steps to complete
the final steps to install
Windows 10 on a hard drive:

Check that your region is

correct. Then click Yes to
continue. Otherwise, select your
region and click Yes.
Then confirm that your
keyboard is correct and
click Yes. Or select a new
keyboard.

At the option to add a second

keyboard, to add a new
keyboard click Add layout.
Otherwise, click Skip.
Then wait for the next screen to
load…
The installer will begin
configuring some additional
setups.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
163
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Then you will be offered the option

to choose whether you are installing
Windows for personal use or for a
company. Select an option and click
Next. For this demo, I will
select Setup for personal use.

At the Sign in with

Microsoft screen, enter your
Microsoft account. Then click Next.
You can sign in with a Skype,
Outlook.com, Live, Xbox or any
other Microsoft account. If you
prefer to sign in with a local account,
click Offline account. Then follow
the steps to create a local user
account.
Then type the password for your
Microsoft account and click Next.

On the Create a PIN screen, click Create PIN.

Then enter a 4-digit PIN and click OK.

If you require this service configure it. Otherwise, click Do it later.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
164
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Then, on the Back up your

files with OneDrive screen
click Only save files to this
PC.
Finally, on the next set of
screens, configure various
privacy options including
Cortana. For most of the
screens, select an option
then click Yes or No…or
Accept or Decline…

After making your

selections, the installer
will perform some final
configurations…Then
you will be automatically
signed in.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
165
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz#1

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

I. Write the complete process of Installing Windows 10

______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
166
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 2
Installation of peripheral/de
vices drivers and Accessing
and installing OS and drivers
updates/patches
How to install and update a computer driver
Many computer hardware components, like a video card, sound card, or motherboard, require
drivers to be installed to function properly. How a driver is saved and packaged determines how
it is installed. Below is information about each of the methods developers use to distribute their
drivers and install them in Microsoft Windows. Additionally, there are some general insights to
help prevent frustrations during the process.

Tip

In most situations, the drivers are installed after the hardware has been installed or connected to
the computer. If you need help installing hardware, see: How to install computer hardware.

Drivers from a CD or DVD

Almost all computer and hardware manufacturers include a group of drivers for different
hardware devices and often for each of the supported versions of Windows. For example, the

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
167
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

driver CD you receive with your printer likely contains the drivers for many different printers
and may not have the printer you purchased. When installing the drivers, make sure you are
install the drivers for your printer and not another printer model. Also, make sure you are
installing it for the version of Windows you are running on your computer.

Below is an example of how a file structure may look on your disc.

CD Example:

-PrinterA100
--Win9x
--Win2k
--WinXP
-PrinterA200
--Win9x
--Win2k
--WinXP
-PrinterB100
--Win9x
--Win2k
--WinXP

For example, if you had a PrinterA200 and were using Windows XP, you would find your
drivers in the PrinterA200\WinXP folder. Once the location of the drivers is found, you must
determine how the drivers are packaged. If the folder contains executable files or a setup file,
you can install the driver using an executable. If the directory contains .inf files, you can install
the driver using an inf or use the "have disk" option during the install.

Tip

If you have a CD with drivers, but the computer has no functioning disc drive, you can
also download the drivers. Or, if you have access to another computer, you can copy the drivers
from the CD to a USB flash drive. For help with copying files, see: How to copy files.
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
168
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Installing drivers from a USB drive or floppy

After the drivers are copied to a USB flash drive, floppy, or another drive, they can also be
installed from that drive. Once the drive is connected to the computer, open Windows
Explorer and then the drive letter for the computer drive. For example, if you have a USB drive
that is assigned the E: drive when connected, you would open the E: drive.

Once the drivers are found on the drive, you must determine how the drivers are packaged. If the
directory contains executable files or a setup file, you can install the driver using an executable.
If the directory contains .inf files, you can install the driver using an inf or use the "have disk"
option during the install. If the drivers are compressed into a .zip file, you need to uncompress
the file.

• How to extract or decompress a compressed file.

Downloading and installing a driver

Tip

If you have not yet downloaded the drivers, you can find
drivers for your computer through the computer or device
manufacturer. For links to the websites of prominent computer
hardware manufacturers, see our hardware drivers index.

• How to download an app, file, or program from the

Internet.
• Where are the files I downloaded using my web
browser?

Tip

If you're downloading drivers to install on another device, you can copy or extract the files to a
USB flash drive and connect it to the other computer.

After the drivers are downloaded, you must determine how the drivers are packaged. If the
directory contains executable files or a setup file, you can install the driver using an executable.
If the directory contains .inf files, you can install the driver using an inf or use the "have disk"

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
169
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

option during the install. If the drivers are compressed into a .zip file, you need to uncompress
the file.

• How to extract or decompress a compressed file.

Tip

When extracting the drivers, remember where the folder containing the drivers is located since it
needs to be known during the driver installation process. We recommend extracting files to
a folder on the Windows desktop, as it's an easy place to remember.

Installing a driver from an executable

Today, many computer and hardware manufacturers

are pre-packaging their drivers into executable
files or have the drivers installed through the setup
file. Double-clicking the executable or setup file
should install the drivers to the computer for you.

Note

The executable may be packaged in a compressed

file, which means before looking for the setup file, it
needs to be uncompressed. For help with uncompressing a file, see: How to extract or
decompress a compressed file. If, after uncompressing the file, it still doesn't contain an
executable file, setup file, or doesn't install your hardware device, continue with the below
recommendations.

Finally, if you're successful with installing your drivers and the computer asks to reboot the
computer, make sure to reboot the computer after the driver is installed.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
170
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Using the "have disk" option to install drivers

A computer or hardware manufacturer may place the drivers on a CD, diskette, or folder on the
hard drive for Windows to find and use during its hardware detection. Below are steps on how to
install drivers for a new device and upgrade a device's driver for this setup.

• Installing a new device.

• Upgrading drivers for a pre-existing device.

Installing a new device

1. Open the Windows Device Manager.
2. In the Device Manager, make sure the device you are attempting to install is not
already listed from past install attempts. If the device is found, highlight and
remove it from Device Manager to prevent any conflicts during the install.

• How to remove a device in Windows Device Manager.

3. Once Device Manager looks okay, reboot the computer.

4. As the computer is rebooting, an Install new hardware wizard should appear if

Windows detects the new hardware. Using this wizard, point Windows to the
folder containing your drivers on the CD, diskette, USB flash drive, or the
folder containing the files you downloaded.

If Windows does not detect any new hardware, open the Control Panel and double-click the Add
hardware icon to run the hardware detection wizard. During the steps, you have the option to
install custom Windows drivers from a location on disk. Choose to load drivers, then select the
folder containing the drivers for your device.

Note

The "Add hardware" icon is only available in Windows XP and prior versions of Windows.

Once drivers are installed, reboot the computer.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
171
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Upgrading drivers for a pre-existing device

1. Open the Windows Device Manager.
2. In the Device Manager, locate the device you want to update.

3. Right-click the device and click Properties.

4. In the Properties window, click the Driver tab.

5. Click the Update Driver button.

6. In the Hardware Update Wizard, point Windows to the location of the updated
driver files on your hard drive.

Once drivers are installed, reboot the computer.

How to Manually Update Windows 10

1. Select the Start (Windows) button from the bottom-left corner.

2. Go to settings (gear icon).

3. Select the Update & Security icon

4. Choose the Windows Update tab in the left sidebar (circular arrows)

5. Click the Check for updates button. If there is an available update, it will begin
downloading automatically.

If you don't see an update, don't worry; this page will tell you if your hardware is currently
incompatible.

To finish the update, you'll need to restart Windows, but you do this later if there's no urgency.
Doing so is pretty straightforward — just follow these simple instructions. (Note, your system
will not be equipped with the latest updates until it's been restarted.)

How to Schedule a Windows 10 Update

1. From the Windows Update settings page (Step 4 from above), select "Schedule the
restart" found next to "Restart now."

2. You will then be taken to a scheduling page. From there, move the Schedule a Time slider to
the right (the "on" position).
3. The grayed-out "Pick a time" and "Pick a day" options will then be available to select. Use the
time ticker and the date drop-down to choose when to restart your laptop.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
172
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

1. Update Drivers on Windows 10 With Device

Manager
To manually update the Windows driver, you’ll need to use the Device Manager. Follow the
steps below to get started:

1. Type ‘device manager’ on Start menu search bar and click on the Device
Manager.
2. Select the specific category of driver that you’d like to update.
3. Right-click on the driver, and select Update driver.

Next, select Search automatically for drivers to go ahead with the update.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
173
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

As you can see in my case, the best device drivers have already been installed and so,
the Windows can't install anything new.

If your Windows finds new drivers, they will be updated in a few seconds. If,
however, you are unable to find any new updates this way and, you're sure about the
new drivers, then you can go to the manufacturer’s website and look for an update
from there, as we've done in the last method.

2. Update the Drivers Through Windows Update

Another approach to manually update your Windows drivers is through using
Windows update. To get started, follow the steps below:

1. Open the Windows Settings.

2. Select Update & Security > Windows Update.
3. Now, click on View optional updates.
4. Navigate to the Driver updates tab.
5. Check the driver that you want to update and click on Download and
install.

Your new driver updates will be installed in a few seconds with the help of Windows
Update.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
174
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. Update Device Drivers Through the

Manufacturer’s Website
Many times when there’s a new update, it might take some time for it to arrive at
Microsoft. On rare occasions, you might even have to wait for a good while. If that’s
the case with you too, then you can update your drivers directly through the
manufacturer’s website.

For instance, I am rolling with an HP laptop at present, and if I needed to update the
drivers, I’ll have to head to the drivers' section on HP’s website. From there, the
updates can be easily downloaded and installed.

Depending on the driver(s) that you want to update, all you have to do is go to the
update’s section of your manufacturer’s website, and proceed with the download.

Keeping Your Drivers Updated on Windows 10

And that’s how you can update your device drivers without any hassles. As we’ve
said above, keeping your drivers updated is one of the sure fire ways to keep it
protected from outside threats, as well as from random bugs. We hope you were able
to update your drivers through one of these methods.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
175
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #2

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Read the question carefully. Write your answer in a sheet of paper.

1. Is software driver important, why?

_________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________

2. Which one is the best source of Driver Installer?

a. CD / DVD
b. Internet
c. Download file

3. Complete process of installing windows update with device manager

____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

4. How to Manually Update Windows 10?

____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

5. How to Schedule a Windows 10 Update?

____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
176
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 3
Undertaking an on-going check of the
quality of the work
Who carries out workplace inspections
Inspections in the workplace are usually carried out by:

• health and safety representatives

• work health and safety practitioners.

Purpose of workplace inspections

Workplace health and safety inspections are a useful tool to help prevent risk.

When you carry out a workplace inspection, you are critically examining the workplace to
identify and report potential hazards that can be removed or avoided.

Workplace inspection should be supported by other measures to prevent risk. This includes
consulting with workers, especially when changes are being proposed to a process, procedure or
plant.

When to schedule an inspection

It is important to schedule regular workplace inspections. This recognises that workplace hazards
come in many forms and need to be managed in a proactive way.

You may also need to carry out an inspection:

• in response to a report of an incident or hazard

• when a new process, procedure or plant is introduced to a workplace.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
177
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How to carry out an inspection

The workplace inspection checklist

An inspection checklist should be tailored to the specific hazards of your workplace.

The checklist should be developed in consultation with work group representatives. This
includes health and safety representatives (HSRs), managers, workers and other interested
people.

The checklist considers the:

• environment, including noise, vibration, lighting, temperature and ventilation

• equipment, including tools and materials
• work processes, including how the worker interacts with elements while carrying out a
task or operation.

Things to consider when conducting a workplace inspection

• Listen to the concerns of workers and their representatives.
• Review and analyses workplace hazards and incident reporting data.
• Identify existing and potential hazards and determine their underlying cause.
• Review how effective hazard controls that were previously implemented were.
• Identify areas which need special attention due to the nature of work carried out.
• Identify areas which need attention where data shows signs of stress, wear, impact,
vibration, heat, corrosion, chemical reaction or misuse.
• The entire workplace area should be included in the inspection. This includes parking lots,
building access, rest areas, storage and amenities.

Things to consider after a workplace inspection If you identify a

serious danger
• How the findings and corrective actions are being tracked, managed and completed.
• Who is responsible for ensuring findings are closed out in a timely manner.
• Whether the findings and corrective actions were discussed with the relevant work group.

If you identify an immediate danger during a workplace inspection, immediately inform

management.

Depending on the level of risk, work may need to stop until the risk is eliminated or adequate
controls are implemented.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
178
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #3

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

1. What are the 7 things to consider when conducting a workplace inspection?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

2. When to schedule an inspection?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

3. Why we/you need to consider after a workplace inspection?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

4. Give at least 10 workplace inspection checklists?

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

5. Things to consider after a workplace inspection

__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
179
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 4
Installation of Application software
based on software installation guides,
end-user requirements and software
license agreement
Downloading and installing VMware Workstation (2057907)

Before starting

Before downloading and installing VMware Workstation:

• Ensure that your physical machine meets the system requirements for VMware
Workstation. For more information, see System Requirements:

• VMware Workstation 7.x User's Manual

• Getting Started with VMware Workstation 8.x
• Getting Started with VMware Workstation 9.x
• Getting Started with VMware Workstation 10.x
• Getting Started with VMware Workstation 11.x
• Getting Started with VMware Workstation 12.x
• VMware Workstation 15.x Pro Tech Specs

• Ensure that you are using a supported guest operating system. For more information,
see the VMware Compatibility Guide.

Downloading VMware Workstation

To download VMware Workstation:

1. Navigate to the VMware Workstation Download Center.

2. Based on your requirements, click Go to Downloads for VMware Workstation for
Windows or VMware Workstation for Linux.
3. Click Download Now.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
180
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

4. If prompted, log in to your Customer Connect profile. If you do not have a profile,
create one. For more information, see How to create a Customer Connect profile
(2007005).
5. Ensure that your profile is complete and enter all mandatory fields. For more
information, see How to update your Customer Connect profile (2086266).
6. Review the End User License Agreement and click Yes.
7. Click Download Now.

If the installer fails to download during the download process:

• Delete the cache in your web browser. For more information, see:

•Mozilla Firefox: How to clear the Firefox cache

•Google Chrome: Delete your cache and other browser data
•Microsoft Internet Explorer: How to delete the contents of the Temporary
Internet Files folder
• Disable the pop-up blocker in your web browser. For more information, see:

• Mozilla Firefox: How do I disable a Pop-up blocker?

• Google Chrome: Manage pop-ups
• Microsoft Internet Explorer: How to turn Internet Explorer Pop-up Blocker
on or off on a Windows XP SP2-based computer
• Download using a different web browser application.
• Disable any local firewall software.
• Restart the virtual machine.
• Download the installer from a different computer or network.

Installing VMware Workstation

Notes:

• You must have only one VMware Workstation installed at a time. You must uninstall
the previous version of VMware Workstation before installing a new version.
• If the installer reports an error when you run it, you must verify the download. For
more information, see Verifying the integrity of downloaded installer files (1537).

To install VMware Workstation on a Windows host:

1. Log in to the Windows host system as the Administrator user or as a user who is a
member of the local Administrators group.
2. Open the folder where the VMware Workstation installer was downloaded. The
default location is the Downloads folder for the user account on the Windows host.

Note: The installer file name is similar to VMware-workstation-full-xxxx-xxxx.exe,

where xxxx-xxxx is the version and build numbers.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
181
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. Right-click the installer and click Run as Administrator.

4. Select a setup option:
• Typical: Installs typical Workstation features. If the Integrated Virtual
Debugger for Visual Studio or Eclipse is present on the host system, the
associated Workstation plug-ins are installed.
• Custom: This lets you select which Workstation features to install and
specify where to install them. Select this option if you need to change the
shared virtual machines directory, modify the VMware Workstation Server
port, or install the enhanced virtual keyboard driver. The enhanced virtual
keyboard driver provides better handling of international keyboards and
keyboards that have extra keys.

5. Follow the on-screen instructions to finish the installation.

6. Restart the host machine.

To install VMware Workstation on a Linux host:

Note: VMware Workstation for Linux is available as a .bundle download in the VMware
Download Center. The Linux bundle installer starts a GUI wizard on most Linux distributions. In
some Linux distributions, the bundle installer starts a command-line wizard instead of a GUI
wizard.

1. Log in to the Linux host with the user account that you plan to use with VMware
Workstation.
2. Open a terminal interface. For more information, see Opening a command or shell
prompt (1003892).
3. Change to root. For example:

su root

Note: The command that you use depends on your Linux distribution and
configuration.

4. Change directories to the directory that contains the VMware Workstation bundle
installer file. The default location is the Download directory.
5. Run the appropriate Workstation installer file for the host system.

For example:

sh VMware-workstation-Full-xxxx-xxxx.architecture.bundle [--option]

Where:
• xxxx-xxxx is the version and build numbers
• architecture is i386 or x86_64

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
182
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• option is a command line option.

This table describes the command line options:

Option Description

--gtk Opens the GUI-based VMware installer, which is the default option.

--console Use the terminal for installation.

Use this option to customize the locations of the installation directories and set the hard
--custom
limit for the number of open file descriptors.

Shows installation questions that have not answered before or are required. This is the
--regular
default option.

--ignore-
errors
Allows the installation to continue even if there is an error in one of the installer scripts.
or Because the section that has an error does not complete, the component might not be
properly configured.
-I

--required Shows the license agreement only and then proceeds to install Workstation

6. Accept the license agreement.

Note: If you are using the --console option or installing VMware Workstation on a
Linux host that does not support the GUI wizard, press Enter to scroll through and
read the license agreement or type q to skip to the yes/no prompt.

7. Follow the on-screen instructions or prompts to finish the installation.

8. Restart the Linux host.

After installation
On Windows host systems:

• The installer creates a desktop shortcut, a quick launch shortcut, or a combination of

these options in addition to a Start Menu item.
• To start VMware Workstation on a Windows host system,
select Start > Programs > VMware Workstation.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
183
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

On Linux host systems:

• VMware Workstation can be started from the command line on all Linux distributions.
• On some Linux distributions, VMware Workstation can be started in the GUI from
the System Tools menu under Applications.
• To start VMware Workstation on a Linux host system from the command line, run
the vmware & command in a terminal window. For more information, see Opening a
command or shell prompt (1003892).

For example:

/usr/bin/vmware &

When you start the Workstation for the first time, Workstation prompts you to accept the End
User License Agreement. After you start Workstation, the Workstation window opens.

How to Use VMware Workstation

PARTS
1Installing VMware Workstation
2Installing an Operating System
3Navigating VMware
VMware Workstation is a program that allows you to run a virtual computer within your
physical computer. The virtual computer runs as if it was its own machine. A virtual machine is
great for trying out new operating systems such as Linux, visiting websites you don't trust,
creating a computing environment specifically for children, testing the effects of computer
viruses, and much more. You can even print and plug in USB drives. Read this guide to get the
most out of VMware Workstation.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
184
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Part 1
Installing VMware Workstationhttps://www.wikihow.com/Use-VMware-
Workstation

1
Make sure your computer meets the system requirements. Because you will be
running an operating system from within your own operating system, VMware
Workstation has fairly high system requirements. If you don’t meet these, you may not be
able to run VMware effectively.
• You must have a 64-bit processor.
• VMware supports Windows and Linux operating systems.
• You must have enough memory to run your operating system, the virtual
operating system, and any programs inside that operating system. 1 GB is
the minimum, but 3 or more is recommended.
• You must have a 16-bit or 32-bit display adapter. 3D effects will most
likely not work well inside the virtual operating system, so gaming is not
always efficient.
• You need at least 1.5 GB of free space to install VMware Workstation,
along with at least 1 GB per operating system that you install.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
185
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Download the VMware software. You can download the VMware installer from the
Download Center on the VMware website. Select the newest version and click the link
for the installer. You will need to login with your VMware username.
• You will be asked to read and review the license agreement before you
can download the file.
• You can only have one version of VMware Workstation installed at a
time.

3
Install VMware Workstation. Once you have downloaded the file, right-click on the
file and select "Run as administrator".[1]
• You will be asked to review the license again.
• Most users can use the Typical installation option.
• At the end of the installation, you will be prompted for your license key.
•
Once the installation is finished, restart the computer.
Part2
Installing an Operating System

1
Open VMware. Installing a virtual operating system is much like installing it on a
regular PC. You will need to have the installation disc or ISO image as well as any
necessary licenses for the operating system that you want to install.
• You can install most distributions of Linux as well as any version of
Windows.
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
186
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2
Click File. Select New Virtual Machine and then choose Typical. VMware will prompt
you for the installation media. If it recognizes the operating system, it will enable Easy
Installation:
• Physical disc – Insert the installation disc for the operating system you
want to install and then select the drive in VMware.
• ISO image – Browse to the location of the ISO file on your computer.
• Install operating system later. This will create a blank virtual disk. You
will need to manually install the operating system later.

3
Enter in the details for the operating system. For Windows and other licensed
operating systems, you will need to enter your product key. You will also need to enter
your preferred username and a password if you want one.
• If you are not using Easy Install, you will need to browse the list for the
operating system you are installing.

4
Name your virtual machine. The name will help you identify it on your physical
computer. It will also help distinguish between multiple virtual computers running
different operating systems.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
187
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Set the disk size. You can allocate any amount of free space on your computer to the
virtual machine to act as the installed operating system’s hard drive. Make sure to set
enough to install any programs that you want to run in the virtual machine.

6
Customize your virtual machine’s virtual hardware. You can set the virtual machine
to emulate specific hardware by clicking the "Customize Hardware" button. This can be
useful if you are trying to run an older program that only supports certain hardware.
Setting this is optional.

7
Set the virtual machine to start. Check the box labeled "Power on this virtual machine
after creation" if you want the virtual machine to start up as soon as you finish making it.
If you don’t check this box, you can select your virtual machine from the list in VMware
and click the Power On button.

8
Wait for your installation to complete. Once you’ve powered on the virtual machine
for the first time, the operating system will begin to install automatically. If you provided
all of the correct information during the setup of the virtual machine, then you should not
have to do anything.
• If you didn’t enter your product key or create a username during the
virtual machine setup, you will most likely be prompted during the
installation of the operating system.

9
Check that VMware Tools is installed. Once the operating system is installed, the
program VMware Tools should be automatically installed. Check that it appears on the
desktop or in the program files for the newly installed operating system.
• VMware tools are configuration options for your virtual machine, and
keeps your virtual machine up to date with any software changes.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
188
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Part3
Navigating VMware
1
Start a virtual machine. To start a virtual machine, click the VM menu and select the
virtual machine that you want to turn on. You can choose to start the virtual machine
normally, or boot directly to the virtual BIOS.

2
Stop a virtual machine. To stop a virtual machine, select it and then click the VM menu.
Select the Power option.
• Power Off – The virtual machine turns off as if the power was cut out.
• Shut Down Guest – This sends a shutdown signal to the virtual machine
which causes the virtual machine to shut down as if you had selected the
shutdown option.
• You can also turn off the virtual machine by using the shutdown option
in the virtual operating system.

3
Move files between the virtual machine and your physical computer. Moving files
between your computer and the virtual machine is as simple as dragging and dropping.
Files can be moved in both directions between the computer and the virtual machine, and
can also be dragged from one virtual machine to another.
• When you drag and drop, the original will stay in the original location
and a copy will be created in the new location.
• You can also move files by copying and pasting.
• Virtual machines can connect to shared folders as well.

4
Add a printer to your virtual machine. You can add any printer to your virtual machine
without having to install any extra drivers, as long as it is already installed on your host
computer.
• Select the virtual machine that you want to add the printer to.
• Click the VM menu and select Settings.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
189
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Click the Hardware tab, and then click Add. This will start the Add
Hardware wizard.
• Select Printer and then click Finish. Your virtual printer will be enabled
the next time you turn the virtual machine on.

5
Connect a USB drive to the virtual machine. Virtual machines can interact with a USB
drive the same way that your normal operating system does. The USB drive cannot be
accessed on both the host computer and the virtual machine at the same time.
• If the virtual machine is the active window, the USB drive will be
automatically connected to the virtual machine when it is plugged in.
• If the virtual machine is not the active window or is not running, select
the virtual machine and click the VM menu. Select Removable Devices
and then click Connect. The USB drive will automatically connect to
your virtual machine.

6
Take a snapshot of a virtual machine. A snapshot is a saved state and will allow you to
load the virtual machine to that precise moment as many times as you need.
• Select your virtual machine, click the VM menu, hover over Snapshot
and select Take Snapshot.
• Give your Snapshot a name. You can also give it a description, though
this is optional.
• Click OK to save the Snapshot.
• Load a saved Snapshot by clicking the VM menu and then selecting
Snapshot. Choose the Snapshot you wish to load from the list and click
Go To.[2]

7
Become familiar with keyboard shortcuts. A combination of the "Ctrl" and other keys
are used to navigate virtual machines. For example, "Ctrl," "Alt" and "Enter" puts the
current virtual machine in full screen mode or moves through multiple machines. "Ctrl,"
"Alt" and "Tab" will move between virtual machines when the mouse is being used by 1
machine.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
190
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #4

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Write down the complete process of the following on a sheet of paper.

I. How to Install VMware Workstation?

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________ ________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________

II. How to Install Operating System using VMware Workstation?

_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________ __
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________ ______________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
191
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 5
Variation to application
software installation
How to Install or Uninstall Programs in Windows 10?
Installing new programs to facilitate the accomplishment of various tasks in Windows 10 is not
something that users do frequently. Also, if some applications are not working correctly or you
no longer need them, it is always healthy to uninstall them from your computer. Windows 10
provides various methods through which users can add or remove programs to or from their
computer system. Below are the ways through which you can install or uninstall programs in
Windows 10.

Install Programs in Windows 10

There are so many programs that you can install in your Windows 10 PC to help you perform a
given task. These applications come from different providers, but the installation process is
generally the same.

• To install a program, you need to have the installation file in a disk, flash drive or
downloaded and saved in your computer hard disk.
• For instance, to install Microsoft Office, access the executable file and double-click on
the file to start the installation.

Start Installation

• If asked whether to allow the program to make changes to the computer, click “Yes” to
continue.
• Allow Windows to extract the installation files and launch the installation wizard.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
192
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Extracting Files

• Read the “License Terms” and tick the “I accept the terms of this agreement” box, then
click “Continue”.

Accept T&Cs

• Click on “Install Now” button to start the installation process.

• Wait for the program to install. You can see the installation progress displayed with a bar
that loads as the program installs.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
193
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Installing Program

• You will get a notification when the program has been successfully installed. Click
“Finish” to complete the installation.

Complete Installation

Note:
1. Before you start installing a program, it is important to check whether your system
features meets the system requirements for the particular version of the program.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
194
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2. Installation process differs from one program to the other but in most cases, the
procedure is plug and play.
3. The installation process may take seconds to a few minutes depending on the size of the
program, but installation can run in the background as you continue working on your PC.

Uninstall Programs in Windows 10

For some reasons, you may want to remove an application from your PC. Windows 10 allows
you to do so in two simple ways:

Method 1: Uninstall Programs from Windows Settings

• Open the Windows settings and then go “Apps” settings.
• Select “Apps and features” on the left-side pane and scroll down the page to find the
program you want to install from the program list.
• Click on the program and then the “Uninstall” button.

Uninstall Program

• Click “Yes” to confirm the action – allow the program to make changes to the computer.
• The uninstallation wizard will open. Follow the plug and play instructions to continue
with the process.
• Click “Finish” to complete the uninstalling the program.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
195
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Complete Uninstallation

Method 2: Uninstall Programs from the Control Panel

• Search for “Control Panel” press the “Enter” key to open.
• Navigate to “Uninstall a program” found under the programs category.
• This will open a list of programs installed in your PC. Choose the program you want to
remove.
• Then click on the “Uninstall” option located at the top of the list. Select “Yes” when
asked whether you really need to remove the program.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
196
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Uninstall

• The removal process will start and you can see the progress.
• Follow the instruction keenly to completely and safely remove the program.

Windows Vs Mac
On Mac, the installation file will not be an executable .exe file. Mac installer file is a disk image
file with .dmg extension. You can simply extract the file like a zip archive and use the
application. However, some developers offer installer package which needs to be installed
similar to Windows 10 programs.

The uninstallation process is also simple on Mac. You can simply drag and drop the app to trash
to delete it from your computer. Learn more on installing and uninstalling apps on Mac.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
197
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Performance Task#1

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Materials:
✓ Computer or Laptop
✓ Internet Connection

Instruction:
❑ Using the Internet connection download a VM Ware Installer, Windows 10 / Windows 7
ISO File and Any Software Application you wanted.
❑ On your computer or laptop, follow the Complete Process of Installing WM Ware
Workstation
❑ After installing WM Ware Workstation, you need install Windows 10 / Windows 7
follow the process on Install Operating System
❑ After finishing the installation of an Operating System, Install the application you’ve
download.

Note: If you don’t have the material to do the Task, Write the complete process on a sheet of
paper.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
198
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 6
Accessing and Installing
Software updates
How to update your software

Keeping your software up to date is a crucial practice in Internet safety. Most software updates
automatically by default, but you should know how to check the updates and begin the process
yourself. Knowing how to keep your software updated can improve your computer's stability and
security and let you know about new features, helping you be an informed and empowered user.

Update your operating system

Keeping your operating system updated is one of the most important steps in protecting yourself
from viruses, malware, and other Internet security threats.

Windows
To update Windows, first open the Control Panel. If you don't know where the Control Panel is,
check out this lesson in Windows Basics. In the search bar in the Control Panel, type update.
Under Windows Update, click Check for updates.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
199
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

It may take a moment for Windows to search for updates. Once it does, if there are any updates
available it will prompt you to install them.

It may take a while to install all the updates. It's safe to leave the computer and do something
else while it finishes. Once it's done, Windows will probably prompt you to restart the computer.
If you need to do anything else after this, Windows will prompt you; otherwise, you're up to
date!

macOS

To update macOS, open the App Store, then click Updates at the top. macOS updates will be at the top of
the list of available updates. On the right side of the screen, there are buttons to update individual apps or
to apply all available updates.

Apple has an excellent support page on how to check for updates for macOS and apps.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
200
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Update your apps

For many apps, regular updates provide new features and stability rather than security patches, so
it isn't necessary to update them as frequently. However, for more essential software like web
browsers and antivirus software, security updates are just as critical as operating system updates.

Many apps in both macOS and Windows will automatically check for updates when you open
them. If you installed them through the App Store or another distribution platform, the program
will alert you about updates. For standalone programs, take time to explore the program's menus
and learn how to run the update process.

For example, in Avast! Free Antivirus, there is an Update page on the Settings screen.

However, in Firefox, the About Firefox screen in the Help menu also checks for updates.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
201
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

An update may refer to any of the following:

1. An update is new, improved, or fixed software,

which replaces older versions of the same
software. For example, updating your operating
system brings it up-to-date with the latest
drivers, system utilities, and security software.
Updates are often provided by the software
publisher free of additional charge.

• Why do I need to update?

• What needs to be updated?
• How to update a program.
• What happens if I don't update?
• What are update versions?
• Differences between software upgrades and updates.
• Should I install all updates?
• Why does it take so long to update?
• What would prevent an update from happening?
• How to update a Microsoft Windows computer.
• Related information.

Why do I need to update?

Updates fix any problems with software or hardware that were not detected before the product
was released to the public. If you don't update, the computer could encounter those problems or
be vulnerable to attacks.

What needs to be updated?

All software and hardware eventually need to be updated. Typically, software or hardware stops
updating when the related company goes out of business, stops supporting the product, or it
reaches EOL (end-of-life). For computers, the operating system is one of the most frequently-
updated software. Other frequently-updated programs include web browsers, office programs,
hardware drivers, and printer software.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
202
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

How to update a program

Unfortunately, there is no standard for how software programs are updated. However, we've
created the following list containing the most common ways.

• Online programs - Any program that connects to the Internet should automatically check
for updates when first run.
• Help menu - Pressing F1 or accessing the help menu from the file menu should have the
option to check for updates.
• Operating system - Today, all operating systems are updated using software included
with the operating system.
• OEM program - An OEM computer (e.g., Dell or HP) often includes assistant programs
to help with checking and downloading any updates for the pre-installed programs
included with the computer. For example, HP includes the HP support assistant program
for managing updates.
• Developer/publisher website - Many software developers and publishers provide updates
to software through their websites. Check their website for any available updates, which
may include bug fixes and added features.

What happens if I don't update?

Several things can happen if you do not update. Below are the most common symptoms you
encounter if you do not update.

• Fix errors - Most updates fix errors, and if you don't update, you'll get those errors.
• Security vulnerabilities - Updates also patch security holes. If you don't update, your
information may be compromised.
• Fix conflicts - It is not uncommon to discover conflicts with other programs and
hardware. If you don't update, conflicts may happen and cause problems with other
programs.

What are update versions?

To categorize the different states of computer software as it's developed and released, each
update has a version number (e.g., version 1.0 being the first version). When a software program
is updated, it changes the version of the program to help identify the applied fixes. See
our version page for further information on this term.

Differences between software upgrades and updates

Software update
Software updates are a way for software developers to fine-tune a product to make it the best it
can be. They offer small, frequent improvements rather than major changes. Unlike a software
upgrade, updates need the existing software program you’re using to work.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
203
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Updates sometimes run automatically in the background. Other times, software updates
(commonly referred to as ‘patches’) come in the form of a free download. They’re usually
necessary for your product to continue running successfully.
That’s because software updates address any new-found security issues, fix recently discovered
bugs, and add support for drivers and new hardware. They tweak and improve the way the
program operates, but they don’t fundamentally alter it.
Simply put, software updates modify, fix and alter your current software program on a regular
basis. They’re the software equivalent of keeping your bicycle oiled. It’s still the same bike, it
just runs smoother.

Software upgrade
A software upgrade is a bit different. Instead of building on your existing program, a software
upgrade is a new version of the software product entirely. It’s a bit like buying a new bike the
same make as your old one, but with flashy new enhancements already added. And it comes with
a host of new functionality that makes it a superior bike to your old one.
A software upgrade, then, supersedes the old product. Upgrades are used for significant changes
and major improvements to your current version of the program. It might have an overhauled
user interface, or an exciting set of new features, or key structural changes.
While updates are often small and free, and rarely demand much attention, a software upgrade is
a much bigger process. Unlike updates, software upgrades aren’t always compulsory or
necessary for a program to keep running. Completing a product upgrade may involve a new
purchase or pricing system. Because of this, companies will often offer existing customers
incentives to upgrade their software. For example, they might reduce the upgrade cost or stop
supporting their legacy program.
Because of the scope involved, a software upgrade is less common than an update. It’s not
something that will quietly slip under the radar like a quick bug fix. It’s a software show-stopper
that involves the work of marketing teams, customer service teams, and sales teams – not just the
developers busy perfecting the product in the background.

Should I install all updates?

All recommended updates should be installed. Other updates labeled as optional
updates or supplemental updates are not required and should only be installed if needed.

Why does it take so long to update?

The total time it takes for any update to complete depends on how long it takes to download the
update. The download speed can vary depending on your Internet connection and the server's
speed in providing the update. Newly released updates may take even longer to complete if
thousands of people get the update simultaneously. For example, you may have a fast

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
204
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

connection, but if 14,000 people download a two-gig update for a game simultaneously, it takes
longer.

What would prevent an update from happening?

Unfortunately, even an update can run into problems. Below are different reasons why an update
may run into problems.

• The program or files used by the program are still running and cannot be updated while
being used. Reboot the computer to make sure this is not the case.
• The update being used is for a different type of computer, processor, or program. If there
are multiple updates available, make sure you're downloading the version for your
computer, processor, operating system, and version of the program.
• The software being updated is pirated. For some pirated software to run, it must be
modified, which can prevent updates from working. Purchase the program.
• The files being updated are corrupted or infected. If you have an anti-malware program,
run it on the computer. As far as verifying nothing is corrupt, the only solution would be
to uninstall the program and then install the program. Once reinstalled, rerun the update.
• The update itself has problems and needs to be recreated.
• The update is not compatible with your computer or the hardware in your computer. To
get a custom update or find special instructions, you'd need to work with the developer of
the update.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
205
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Install high priority updates

Microsoft Update is the online extension of Windows that helps you keep your computer up to
date. Microsoft Update includes updates from Windows Update and from Office Update, in
addition to updates for other Microsoft products and for third-party device drivers. Use Microsoft
Update to install updates for your computer's operating system, software, and hardware.

New content is added to the site regularly so that you can obtain recent updates and fixes to help
protect your computer and to keep it running smoothly. To use the Microsoft Update site to
install all critical updates for your computer, follow these steps:

1. Connect to the Internet, and then start Internet Explorer.

2. On the Tools menu, select Windows Update.
3. If Microsoft Update is not installed, select Microsoft Update. Otherwise, go to
step 7.
4. On the Try Microsoft Update today Web page, select Start Now, and then
select Continue on the Review the license agreement web page.
5. In the Security Warning dialog box, select Install to install Microsoft Update.
6. On the Welcome to Microsoft update web page, select Check for Updates
7. On the Keep your computer up-to-date web page, select Express to install high
priority updates.
8. On the Review and Install Updates web page, select Install Updates, and then
follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation.
9. After you install the high priority updates, you can repeat these steps to install other
updates. To do this, select Custom on the Keep your computer up-to-date web
page. Then, you can select updates from the sections that are listed on the
navigation pane.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
206
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #5

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Read the given question carefully, write your answer on a sheet of paper.

1. Why you need to update a software?

________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

2. Differences of Hardware and Software update?

________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

3. What happen if you don’t update your software?

________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

4. Do you need to update all the application?

________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

5. Differences between update and upgrade?

________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
207
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 7
Testing of devices /systems
and/or installation

TESTING INSTALLED EQUIPMENT /

DEVICES (COMPONENTS)
A computer technician needs a good understanding of the health and safety regulations to
understand the good practices demanded by law. In particular, you need to:

• report any accidents;

• take reasonable care of your own health and safety when moving heavy components;
• not cause any electrical hazards;
• make sure that workstations meet safety requirements.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
208
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Technicians need to adhere to health and safety regulations as they will help to protect everyone
and to avoid any unnecessary legal action for reckless and unsafe working practices. Any health
and safety problems, the line manager or the health and safety representative must be informed
immediately.
The most basic test is to switch the system on to check it starts without errors. ICT professionals
are also likely to use tools and utilities to check that all is well with the system after installation.

Diagnostic Tools in testing installed components

Diagnostic tools are used to test and diagnose equipment. Diagnostic tools include the following:

• Digital multimeter is a device that can take many types of measurements. It tests the
integrity of circuits and the quality of electricity in computer components. A digital
multimeter displays the information on an LCD or LED.
• A loopback adapter, also called a loopback plug, tests the basic functionality of
computer ports. The adapter is specific to the port that you want to test.
• A toner probe is a two-part tool. The toner part is connected to a cable at one end
using specific adapters, such as an RJ-45, coaxial, or metal clips. The toner generates
a tone that travels the length of the cable. The probe part traces the cable. When the
probe is in near proximity to the cable to which the toner is attached, the tone can be
heard through a speaker in the probe.

Software Tools
Like hardware tools, there are a variety of software tools that can be used to help technicians
pinpoint and troubleshoot problems. Many of these tools are free and several come with the
Windows operating system.

Disk Management Tools

Software tools help diagnose computer and network problems and determine which computer
device is not functioning correctly. A technician must be able to use a range of software tools to
diagnose problems, maintain hardware, and protect the data stored on a computer.
You must be able to identify which software to use in different situations. Disk management tools
help detect and correct disk errors, prepare a disk for data storage, and remove unwanted files.
The following are some disk management tools:

• FDISK: A command-line tool that creates and deletes partitions on a hard drive. The
FDISK tool is not available in Windows XP, Vista, or 7. It has been replaced with the
Disk Management tool.
• Disk Management Tool: Initializes disks, creates partitions, and formats partitions.
• Format: Prepares a hard drive to store information.
• ScanDisk or CHKDSK: Checks the integrity of files and folders on a hard drive by
scanning the file system. These tools might also check the disk surface for physical
errors.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
209
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Defragmentation: Optimizes space on a hard drive to allow faster access to programs

and data.
• Disk Cleanup: Clears space on a hard drive by searching for files that can be safely
deleted.
• System File Checker (SFC): A command-line tool that scans the operating system
critical files and replaces files that are corrupted.

Overview of Disk Management

Disk Management is a system utility in Windows that enables you to perform advanced storage
tasks. Here are some of the things Disk Management is good for:

• To setup a new drive, see Initializing a new drive.

• To extend a volume into space that's not already part of a volume on the same
drive, see Extend a basic volume.
• To shrink a partition, usually so that you can extend a neighboring partition,
see Shrink a basic volume.
• To change a drive letter or assign a new drive letter, see Change a drive letter.

Tip

If you get an error or something doesn't work when following these procedures, take a peek at
the Troubleshooting Disk Management topic. If that doesn't help - don't panic! There's a ton of
info on the Microsoft community site - try searching the Files, folders, and storage section,
and if you still need help, post a question there and Microsoft or other members of the
community will try to help. If you have feedback on how to improve these topics, we'd love to

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
210
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

hear from you! Just answer the Is this page helpful? prompt, and leave any comments there or in
the public comments thread at the bottom of this topic.

Here are some common tasks you might want to do but that use other tools in Windows:

• To free up disk space, see Free up drive space in Windows 10.

• To defragment your drives, see Defragment your Windows 10 PC.
• To take multiple hard drives and pool them together, similar to a RAID, see Storage
Spaces.
About those extra recovery partitions
In case you're curious (we've read your comments!), Windows typically includes three partitions
on your main drive (usually the C:\ drive):

• EFI system partition - This is used by modern PCs to start (boot) your PC and
your operating system.
• Windows operating system drive (C:) - This is where Windows is installed, and
usually where you put the rest of your apps and files.
• Recovery partition - This is where special tools are stored to help you recover
Windows in case it has trouble starting or runs into other serious issues.

Although Disk Management might show the EFI system partition and the recovery partition as
100% free, it's lying. These partitions are generally pretty full with really important files your PC
needs to operate properly. It's best to just leave them alone to do their jobs starting your PC and
helping you recover from problems.

TEST PROCEDURES
A test procedure is a set of steps to guide you through what needs to be done to thoroughly test the
installation. It is designed to help you work more effectively and to make sure you test everything
that needs testing.

1. Gathering test information. The first step is to run the tests required by the procedure
and find out what happens. You should record all the results of your tests in a log so
that you know which pass and which fail, thereby requiring further action.
2. Validating the test information. The next step is to check the data you gathered from
the tests to make sure it is correct. This is usually done by running the tests again.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
211
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. Responding to test information. This step is important because you need to be able
to recognize when a test shows problems or is successful. For example, if ping is used
to test a network connection then ‘Request timed out’ shows the test was not successful.
4. Checking specification. The final step is an important end to testing. You need to
check the specification for the installation to make sure that it has been met. For
example, if a user requested an upgrade to make their display run at 1920 x 1200, then
the ICT professional should check that the graphics card and screen can do this.

EXTERNAL VISUAL INSPECTION

The external visual inspection consists of a quick inspection of the exterior of the computer, the
monitor, the keyboard, any peripherals, and cables. While performing the visual inspection, make
any necessary corrections. To perform the external visual inspection, perform the following steps:

1. Turn off the computer, the monitor, and all peripherals.

2. Verify that all power cables are properly connected to the computer, the monitor and
peripherals, and their power sources.
3. Verify that the keyboard and mouse interface cables are firmly attached to the proper
connectors on the back of the computer.
• For a PS/2-compatible mouse, the keyboard and mouse interface cable
connectors are identical except for their labels.
• For a serial mouse, the mouse interface cable must be firmly attached to one
of the serial port connectors, and its captive screws must be secure enough to
ensure a firm connection.
4. Verify that network cables (if present) are properly attached.
5. Verify that any devices attached to the serial and parallel port connectors are properly
connected.
• Each of the serial and parallel port interface cables must be firmly attached
to an appropriate connector on the back of the computer as well as to the
interface connector on the device. The captive screws that secure these
connectors at each end of the interface cable must be secure enough to ensure
a firm connection.
6. Verify that the video interface cable is firmly attached to the video connector on the
back panel or to a video expansion card, and also to the connector on the back of the
monitor. For proper connection of the video monitor, check the documentation for the
monitor.
7. Inspect all external monitor controls for any obvious damage or improper settings.
8. Inspect the keyboard to ensure that no keys are sticking. If one or more keys are
sticking, it may be necessary to replace the keyboard.
9. Inspect the exterior of the computer, including all controls and indicators, and all user-
accessible data storage devices for any signs of physical damage.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
212
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

OBSERVING THE BOOT ROUTINE

After you have performed an external visual inspection, you should boot the system and, while the
boot routine is running, observe the system for any indications of problems.
NOTE: Most of the steps in this procedure require observation of system functions and
indications, some of which can occur simultaneously. It may be necessary to reboot the system
several times to complete all of these steps.

1. If the system is off, turn on all peripherals and the computer.

2. Check the power supply fan. Does the fan run normally?
• Yes. Proceed to step 3.
• No. Troubleshoot the system power supply.
3. Watch the <Num Lock>, <Caps Lock>, and <Scroll Lock> indicators on the upper-
right corner of the keyboard. After all three indicators flash momentarily, and
following a long pause (approximately 30 seconds), the Num Lock indicator should
light up and remain on (unless the Num Lock option is set to Off in the System Setup
program). Do these indicators flash on and off within approximately 10 seconds after
the boot routine starts?
• Yes. Proceed to step 4.
• No. Troubleshoot the system power supply. If the troubleshooting procedure
indicates that the system power supply is operational, troubleshoot the
memory.
4. During the boot routine, observe the system for any of the following indications:
• Beep codes — A beep code is a series of beeps that indicates an error
condition.
• System error messages — these messages can indicate problems or provide
status information.
• Diskette-drive and hard-disk drive access indicators — These indicators light
up in response to data being transferred to or from the drives. If either of these
indicators fails to light up during the boot routine, troubleshoot the diskette
drive or hard-disk drive subsystem, as appropriate.
5. Observe the monitor screen for the Diagnostics menu.

NOTICE: Before you proceed with the internal visual inspection, ensure that all
open files are saved and exited all open application programs if possible.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
213
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

INTERNAL VISUAL INSPECTION

A simple visual inspection of a computer’s interior hardware can often lead to the source of a
problem, such as a loose expansion card, cable connector, or mounting screw. To perform the
internal visual inspection, perform the following steps:

1. Turn off the system, including any attached peripherals, and disconnect all the 779
AC power cables from electrical outlets.
CAUTION: Before beginning to work inside the computer, disconnect the power
supply from the power source and the power supply cables from the power
supply.
2. Remove the computer’s right-side cover.
CAUTION: The heat sink assembly can get extremely hot during system
operations. Be sure that it has had sufficient time to cool before touching it.

CAUTION: When handling the heat sink assembly, take care to avoid sharp
edges on the heat sink.

3. Verify that the chips, expansion cards, and SEC cartridge and heat sink assembly or
assemblies are fully seated in their sockets or connectors.
4. To ensure that the chips are fully seated in their sockets, press firmly on the top of
each chip.
5. Verify that all jumpers are set correctly.
6. Check all cable connectors inside the computer to verify that they are firmly attached
to their appropriate connectors.
7. Reinstall the computer cover.
8. Reconnect the computer and any attached peripherals to their power sources, and turn
them on.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
214
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #6

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Write your answer in the underline.

Identification.
_______________1. command-line tool that creates and deletes partitions on a hard drive.
_______________2. a device that can take many types of measurements. It tests the integrity of
circuits and the quality of electricity in computer components.
_______________3. This is where Windows is installed, and usually where you put the rest of
your apps and files.
_______________4. is a series of beeps that indicates an error condition.

_______________5. This step is important because you need to be able to recognize when a test
shows problems or is successful.

_______________6. these messages can indicate problems or provide status information.

_______________7. its part is connected to a cable at one end using specific adapters, such as an
RJ-45, coaxial, or metal clips.
_______________8. command-line tool that scans the operating system critical files and replaces
files that are corrupted.
_______________9. where special tools are stored to help you recover Windows in case it has
trouble starting or runs into other serious issues.
_______________10. Checks the integrity of files and folders on a hard drive by scanning the
file system.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
215
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson #8 Conducting Stress

test to ensure reliability of
equipment
What is STRESS Testing in Software
Testing? Tools, Types, Examples

Stress Testing
Stress Testing is a type of software testing that verifies stability & reliability of
software application. The goal of Stress testing is measuring software on its
robustness and error handling capabilities under extremely heavy load conditions and
ensuring that software doesn’t crash under crunch situations. It even tests beyond
normal operating points and evaluates how software works under extreme conditions.

In Software Engineering, Stress Testing is also known as Endurance Testing. Under

Stress Testing, AUT is be stressed for a short period of time to know its withstanding
capacity. A most prominent use of stress testing is to determine the limit, at which
the system or software or hardware breaks. It also checks whether the system
demonstrates effective error management under extreme conditions.

The application under testing will be stressed when 5GB data is copied from the
website and pasted in notepad. Notepad is under stress and gives ‘Not Responded’
error message.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
216
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Need for Stress Testing

Consider the following scenarios –

• During festival time, an online shopping site may witness a spike in traffic, or when it
announces a sale.
• When a blog is mentioned in a leading newspaper, it experiences a sudden surge in
traffic.

It is imperative to perform Stress Testing to accommodate such abnormal traffic spikes. Failure
to accommodate this sudden traffic may result in loss of revenue and repute.

Stress testing is also extremely valuable for the following reasons:

• To check whether the system works under abnormal conditions.

• Displaying appropriate error message when the system is under stress.
• System failure under extreme conditions could result in enormous revenue loss
• It is better to be prepared for extreme conditions by executing Stress Testing.

Goals of Stress Testing

The goal of stress testing is to analyze the behavior of the system after a failure. For stress testing
to be successful, a system should display an appropriate error message while it is under extreme
conditions.

To conduct Stress Testing, sometimes, massive data sets may be used which may get lost during
Stress Testing. Testers should not lose this security-related data while doing stress testing.

The main purpose of stress testing is to make sure that the system recovers after failure which is
called as recoverability.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
217
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Load Testing Vs Stress Testing

Load Testing Stress Testing

Load Testing is to test the system behavior under Stress testing is to test the system behavior
normal workload conditions, and it is just testing or under extreme conditions and is carried out
simulating with the actual workload till the system failure.

stress testing tries to break the system by

Load testing does not break the system
testing with overwhelming data or resources.

Types of Stress Testing:

Following are the types of stress testing and are explained as follows:

Distributed Stress Testing:

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
218
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

In distributed client-server systems, testing is done across all clients from the server. The role of
stress server is to distribute a set of stress tests to all stress clients and track on the status of the
client. After the client contacts the server, the server adds the name of the client and starts
sending data for testing.

Meanwhile, client machines send signal or heartbeat that it is connected with the server. If the
server does not receive any signals from the client machine, it needs to be investigated further for
debugging. From the figure, a server can connect with the 2 clients (Client1 and Client2), but it
cannot send or receive a signal from Client 3 & 4.

Night run is the best option to run these stress testing scenarios. Large server farms need a more
efficient method for determining which computers have had stress failures that need to be
investigated.

Application Stress Testing:

This testing concentrate on finding defects related to data locking and blocking, network issues
and performance bottlenecks in an application.

Transactional Stress Testing:

It does stress testing on one or more transactions between two or more applications. It is used for
fine-tuning & optimizing the system.

Systemic Stress Testing:

This is integrated stress testing which can be tested across multiple systems running on the same
server. It is used to find defects where one application data blocks another application.

Exploratory Stress Testing

This is one of the types of stress testing which is used to test the system with unusual parameters
or conditions that are unlikely to occur in a real scenario. It is used to find defects in unexpected
scenarios like

1. A large number of users logged at the same time

2. If a virus scanner started in all machines simultaneously
3. If Database has gone offline when it is accessed from a website,
4. When a large volume of data is inserted to the database simultaneously

How to do Stress Testing?

Stress Testing process can be done in 5 major steps:

1. Planning the Stress Test. Here you gather the system data, analyze the system, define the
stress test goals
2. Create Automation Scripts: In this phase, you create the Stress testing automation scripts,
generate the test data for the stress scenarios.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
219
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

3. Script Execution: In this stage, you run the Stress testing automation scripts and store the
stress results.
4. Results Analysis: In this stage, you analyze the Stress Test results and identify
bottlenecks.
5. Tweaking and Optimization: In this stage, you fine-tune the system, change
configurations, optimize the code with goal meet the desired benchmark.

Lastly, you again run the entire cycle to determine that the tweaks have produced the desired
results. For example, it’s not unusual to have to 3 to 4 cycles of the Stress Testing process to
achieve the performance goals

Tools recommended for Stress Testing:

LoadRunner
LoadRunner from HP is a widely-used Load Testing tool. Load Test Results shaped by
Loadrunner are considered as a benchmark.

Jmeter

Stress
This tool provides extensive analysis of the web application performance, provides results in
graphical format, and it is extremely easy to use. No high-level scripting is required and gives a
good return on investment.

Neo load
This is a popular tool available in the market to test the web and Mobile applications. This tool
can simulate thousands of users in order to evaluate the application performance under load and
analyze the response times. It also supports Cloud-integrated – performance, load and stress
testing. It is easy to use, cost-effective and provides good scalability.

Metrics for Stress Testing

Metrics help in evaluating a System’s performance and generally studied at the end of Stress
Test. Commonly used metrics are –

Measuring Scalability & Performance

• Pages per Second: Measures how many pages have been requested / Second
• Throughput: Basic Metric – Response data size/Second
• Rounds: Number of times test scenarios have been planned Versus Number of times a
client has executed

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
220
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Application Response

• Hit time: Average time to retrieve an image or a page

• Time to the first byte: Time is taken to return the first byte of data or information
• Page Time: Time is taken to retrieve all the information in a page

Failures

• Failed Connections: Number of failed connections refused by the client (Weak Signal)
• Failed Rounds: Number of rounds it gets failed
• Failed Hits: Number of failed attempts done by the system (Broken links or unseen
images)

Conclusion
Stress testing’s objective is to check the system under extreme conditions. It monitors system
resources such as Memory, processor, network etc., and checks the ability of the system to
recover back to normal status. It checks whether the system displays appropriate error messages
while under stress.

18 Top Computer Stress Test Software To Test

CPU, RAM And GPU [2022 LIST]
Stress testing will check the behavior of a system, network, or application under an immense
load. It also checks whether the system can recover while returning to the normal stage or not.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
221
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

The main purpose of stress testing is to check the recoverability of the system, program, device,
or network.

There are five different types of stress testing i.e. Distributed Stress Testing, Application
Stress Testing, Transactional Stress Testing, Systemic Stress Testing, and Exploratory Stress
Testing.
This article will help you in selecting the right stress testing tool. Tool selection depends on the
type of testing that you want to perform like Stress testing for your PC, Stress testing for CPU,
Stress testing for RAM, or Stress testing for GPU.

The image given below will show you the different factors of stress testing.

While performing hardware stress testing, we need to monitor different factors like temperature,
etc and it varies according to the model design and infrastructure. Coverage of stress testing, as
well as the risk, should be considered before it is performed.

If you are performing stress testing on the computer then the focus of stress testing will be on
two components, i.e. the CPU and memory.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
222
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

CPU stress testing is performed to check the CPU’s performance after running it at a full speed
completely up to maximum temperature. When CPU stress testing is performed, all the cores of
the multi-core system will get used. CPU will get tested with a compatible and justified
workload.
GPU stress testing is performed to check its limits by utilizing its full processing power. Stress
testing a RAM is the first thing that you should perform if you are facing any of the problems
like bluescreen or system reboot.
Different tools use different techniques for checking the performance of the system. For
Example, some tools use a 3D scene or some use the prime numbers.
Suggested Read => Most Popular Performance Testing Tools
Tip: Hardware stress testing should be performed according to its usage. While performing
hardware stress testing make sure that your CPU is well ventilated, is cooled down properly, etc.
Most importantly, check if the power supply is good.
=> Contact us to suggest a listing here.

List Of The Top Stress Test Software

Enlisted below are the top computer stress test tools that are used worldwide.

Comparison Of Top Tools To Stress Test

Type of
Stress Test Tools Scripting Best For Capability testing tool Price
can perform

LoadTracer GUI Based. Performance Works with Stress Testing, Free

Zero testing of Web any browser Load Testing,
Scripting Applications. and any Endurance
required. It can simulate technology. Testing.
multiple virtual
clients.

JMeter Supports Performance It works for Performance Free

GUI and testing of Web Web Testing.
Scripting. Applications. applications,
Servers, Group
of servers, and
network.

Locust Supports It provides a It can perform Load Testing Free

Python functionality to load testing on
coding. check the multiple
simultaneous distributed
number the machines.
system can
handle.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
223
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Type of
Stress Test Tools Scripting Best For Capability testing tool Price
can perform

Blazemeter UI and Ease of use. Works with Performance Free,

Scripting. Open Source testing, Basic:
tools. Traffic continuous $99/
recording for testing, month,
Native & functional Pro:
mobile Web testing, soak $499/
App on any testing, API month
type of device. testing,
Websites &
Apps testing.

Load Multiplier Uses node Providing It supports Functional Pricing

distributed uninterrupted various Testing, Load starts at
architecture. service for domains and Testing, $149
long hours. technologies. Performance per
Testing. month.

Let’s Explore!!
#1) LoadTracer
Price: Free

LoadTracer is a tool for stress testing, load testing, and endurance testing. It is used to check the
performance of web applications. It is a lightweight application. It works with any browser and
technology. It is easy to use and allows you to perform testing without scripting.
Features:
• It has an analyzer for producing graphs and reports.
• LT Monitor will provide various performance counters for monitoring.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
224
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

•
The Recorder can record all the interactions between the browser and the server.
It generates the script file of that.
• Using the script, Simulator generates virtual users.
Website: LoadTracer

#2) JMeter
Price: Free

JMeter is an open-source application. Initially, it was designed for testing web applications but
now some other test functions are also included. It is used to measure the performance of static
and dynamic resources.

It is also used to load test the functional behavior of applications. It is used to load test the server,
group of servers, network, etc.

Features:
•
It provides the command-line mode to java compatible OS.
•
It offers Test IDE which can record, build, and debug.
•
Facility to replay the test results.
•
It provides an HTML report.
•
Complete portability.
•
Pluggable and Scriptable Samplers.
Website: JMeter

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
225
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

#3) Locust
Price: Free

Like JMeter, Locust is also an open-source tool for load testing. It supports defining user code
with Python code. Instead of clunky UI, it provides you the facility to describe your test in
Python code.

Features:
•
It supports the running of load tests on multiple distributed machines.
•
It is scalable as millions of users can be simulated simultaneously.
•
User behavior can be defined in code.
Website: Locust

#4) BlazeMeter
Price: BlazeMeter offers three pricing plans i.e. Free, Basic ($99 per month), and Pro ($499 per
month).

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
226
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

BlazeMeter can be used for Performance testing, continuous testing, functional testing, and soak
testing of API, Websites, and Apps. It will let you take full advantage of open-source tools like
JMeter, Selenium, and Gatling, etc.
Features:
• Front end performance can be monitored under the load.
• No coding will be required to perform performance testing on URLs.
• Blazemeter will provide real-time reporting and comprehensive analytics.
• It provides multiple options to record the traffic of Native and mobile Web App.
This feature works for any type of device.
• It provides many more features like scalability, network emulation, and
monitoring integrations.
Website: BlazeMeter

#5) Load Multiplier

Price: Load Multiplier has flexible pricing packages for functional, load, and performance
testing. It offers various plans for Client Simulator, Server Simulator, HTTP/HTTPS Recorder,
and for JSON Proxy. Pricing starts at $149 per month. A free trial is also available for its service.

Load Multiplier can be used in various domains and technologies. It includes SIP Servers or
Clients, IMS Servers or Clients, HTTP Servers or Clients, and WebRTC Servers or Clients. It
offers different testing tools to test BFSI, Telecom, VoIP, Media, Web, WebRTC, and
Proprietary Products.

Features:
•
High optimal design.
•
It gives you the flexibility to use a single machine, cluster of machines or creation
of single or multiple testbeds for generating the volume of load.
• It also provides a test automation framework.
Website: Load Multiplier

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
227
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Computer Or PC Stress Test Software

Performing stress testing is about creating and maintaining an unfavorable environment. To
check the stability of the PC, stress testing should be performed on it. Stress testing of the PC
includes temperature and load monitoring of different components.

CPU, GPU, RAM, and motherboard stress test tools will help you to monitor the components
and give information about the temperature, load, fan speed, and several other factors. We have
shortlisted the top stress testing tools for your reference. The list includes a tool named PCMark
10 which is a tool for benchmarking.
The benchmarking process is similar to stress testing. Stress testing is performed to check the
stability and benchmarking is for measuring and assessing the maximum performance.

The List of the Top Computer Stress Test Software

#6) PCMark 10
Price: The Basic Edition of PCMark 10 is free. The Advanced Edition of PC Mark 10 will cost
you $29.99. Both these are for home users. PCMark 10 Professional Edition is for business use.
The price of this plan starts at $1495 per year.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
228
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

It performs the test for a wide range of activities. It includes activities from daily productivity
tasks to demanding work of digital content.

There are three products of PCMark 10, i.e. PCMark 10 benchmark, PCMark 10 Express, and
PCMark 10 Extended. PCMark 10 benchmark is for PC evaluating organizations. PCMark 10
Express is for basic work tasks. PCMark 10 Extended is for the complete assessment of the
system performance.

Features:
•
The latest version has new and improved versions.
•
It supports Windows OS and Windows 10 is also supported.
•
It provides extended and custom run options.
•
It provides multi-level reporting.
•
No need to select the mode as in PCMark 8.
Website: PCMark 10

#7) HeavyLoad
Price: Free.

JAM Software offers the product HeavyLoad to Stress test your PC. HeavyLoad is a Freeware. It
puts a heavy load on your workstation or server PC. HeavyLoad can stress test the CPU, GPU,
and memory.

Features:
• It will allow you to customize the test methods as per your needs.
• It lets you choose the available cores for testing.
• It checks the system’s behavior with dwindling disk space.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
229
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

•
It also checks memory allocation with scarce memory.
•
For stress testing of GPU, it uses the 3D rendered graphics.
Website: HeavyLoad

#8) BurnInTest
Price: It offers a free trial for 30 days. BurnInTest Standard Edition will cost you $59 and the
Professional edition will cost $95. Support and updates are included with both the pricing plans.

BurnInTest is a tool for load and stress testing of Windows PC. BurnInTest will allow you to
stress test all your computer sub-systems simultaneously. For storing the test results at a central
place, it can be integrated with PassMark Management Console.

Features:
• It will help you with PC troubleshooting and diagnostics.
• As it can perform simultaneous testing, it reduces the time required for testing.
• It can perform testing for CPU, Hard drives, SSDs, RAM & Optical drives, Sound
Cards, Graphic Cards, Network Ports, and Printers.
Website: BurnInTest
Additional Tool for PC Stress Test:
#1) Intel Extreme Tuning Utility
Intel Extreme Tuning Utility is an application with strong capabilities for Windows systems. It
will allow you to overclock, monitor, or stress the systems.

Website: Intel Extreme Tuning Utility

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
230
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

CPU Stress Test Software

The CPU needs to be stress-tested in order to ensure its stability. It is stress tested using extreme
workload, memory usage, clock speed, voltages, and different types of tasks.

Before performing this type of testing, different parameters like temperature, overclocking,
underclocking, and overvolting should be changed according to the heavy CPU loads.

While performing the CPU stress test, the CPU should be properly ventilated and cooled. While
running the CPU stress testing, the temperature should be monitored frequently. CoreTemp is
optional software that can be used for temperature monitoring. This step can avoid the damages
caused by overheating.

What should be the temperature of the CPU?

The answer to this question depends on the model but it could be at a maximum of 80 degrees
Celsius. Because ideally, it should be around 50 to 70 degrees Celsius. With Intel models, the
temperature may be higher.

The below image will show you the temperature difference of the CPU with different tools.

[image source]
Also, while running the test, make sure that the CPU usage is 100%. If we take the example of
the Prime95 program, then it should at least run for 3 to 6 hours to overclock the CPU correctly.
Some of the top tools for the stress testing of the CPU are listed below.

List of the Top CPU Stress Test Software:

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
231
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

#9) Core Temp

Price: Free

Core Temp is a powerful tool for monitoring the temperature of each core of every processor of
the system. It will display the temperature in real-time with changing workloads. It works for
Intel, AMD, and VIA*86 processors.

Features:
•
Motherboard agnostic.
•
Supports customization.
•
Supports expandability.
•
A platform for plugin-in that will be helpful to developers is also included.
Website: Core Temp

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
232
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

#10) HWiNFO64
Price: Free

[image source]
HWiNFO64 is the diagnostic software for Windows and DOS systems. It can perform hardware
analysis, monitoring, and reporting. It has features of customization, extensive reporting, and in-
depth hardware information. You can download it for free.

Features:
•
It will provide in-depth hardware information.
•
It performs system monitoring in real-time.
•
It will provide extensive reports. It provides multiple types of reports.
•
It supports Intel, AMD, and NVIDIA hardware components.
Website: HWiNFO64

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
233
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

#11) Prime95
Price: Free

Prime95 is the tool for stress testing of CPU and RAM. It provides the option to perform stress
testing on both memory and processor. Its new version has included a sub-project of finding
prime Mersenne cofactors. Prime95 can be used in two ways i.e. automatic and manual. You can
download it for free.

Features:
•
It has a newly added P-1 factoring.
•
It has also included Step 1 GCD for ECM.
•
For LL tests, it can perform enhanced error checking.
•
It supports Windows, Mac OS, Linux, and FreeBSD.
Website: Prime95

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
234
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

#12) Cinebench
Price: Free

Cinebench is available for Windows as well as Mac OS. It is used for measuring the performance
of CPU and GPU. For measuring the performance of the CPU, it includes a photo-realistic 3D
scene in a test scenario. This scene uses various algorithms and gives stress on all available
processor cores.

Features:
• The system’s performance is checked using a 3D scene.
• All the available cores are stressed using the various algorithms.
• It displays the result in points. The higher the number, the faster will be the
processor.
Website: Cinebench
Additional Tools for CPU Stress Test:
#1) AIDA64
AIDA64 can detect fake video cards of NVIDIA and monitor sensor values. Intel CPU platforms
and the latest AMD are supported by AIDA64. It provides Apps for iOS and Windows phones.
These apps are available for download free of cost.

Website: AIDA64
#2) IntelBurn Test
IntelBurn Test is a freeware program for simplifying the usage of Linpack. Linpack is provided
by Intel(R) for performing the stress testing of the CPU. IntelBurn Test supports Windows 7,
Windows Vista, and Windows XP.

Website: IntelBurn Test

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
235
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

RAM Stress Test Software

While performing hardware stress testing, memory and the CPU are the two components that are
stress-tested for extreme workload, memory usage, heat, overclocking, and voltages.

Bad graphics cards, bad drivers, overheating, or bad memory can be the reasons for bluescreen
and system rebooting. Hence, if you are facing any of the issues like a blue screen or system
rebooting, we will recommend testing the memory first. One of the reasons for such a
recommendation is that it is easier to do.

With memory testing, we particularly check the computer’s memory allocation techniques with
scarce memory. We have shortlisted some of the RAM Stress testing tools for your reference.

Best RAM Stress Test Tools:

#13) MemTest86
Price: It offers three pricing plans i.e. Free, Professional, and Site edition. The price of the
professional version starts at $44. The site version will cost you $2640.

MemTest86 is the program for memory testing. For testing the RAM, it makes use of
comprehensive algorithms and test patterns. It can use 13 different algorithms and supports the
latest technologies.

Features:
• It has features like report file generation and customizable reports.
• It supports multiple languages.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
236
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

•
It is bootable from the USB.
•
It supports multiprocessor, UEFI BIOS, DDR2/DDR3, and DDR4.
Also read =>> How to enter BIOS Menu in Windows 10 and Mac OS
Website: MemTest86

#14) Stress-ng
Price: Free

Stress-ng is the program to test your computer sub-systems. It will also help you with exercising
the OS kernel interfaces. It can perform over 200 stress tests. It has 70 CPU specific stress test
and 20 virtual memory stress tests. It supports Linux OS.

Features:
•It has around 200 stress test.
•It is designed in such a manner in which different subsystems and OS kernel
interfaces will get exercised.
• It has 70 stress tests specific for CPU which includes floating-point, integer, bit
manipulation, and control flow.
• It can perform 20 stress tests for virtual memory.
Website: Stress-ng
Additional Tools for RAM Stress Test:
#1) HWiNFO64
As seen before HWiNFO64 is also used for stress testing of RAM.

#2) Prime95
As seen before it can perform stress testing on CPU as well as RAM. Prime95 provides the
feature of Torture Test for the stress testing of CPU and RAM.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
237
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

GPU Stress Test Software

GPU stress testing is performed to check the limits of the graphics card. It is performed by
making the full utilization of its processing power. During the stress test, you can monitor the
GPU using the overclocking tool.

The aim of GPU stress testing is to crash or overheat or to ensure that the graphics card will not
crash even after intensive use. While performing the testing, the temperature should be
monitored frequently and it should not exceed 100 degrees Celsius.

We have chosen the best tools for GPU stress testing and have listed them below. We would like
to provide some tips for the selection of GPU stress testing tools:

•
The tool should be able to read any sensor output and write it to a file in real-time.
•
It should have a less cluttered display.
Tool’s support for the graphics card provider (like NVIDIA, AMD, or ATI)
•
Top GPU Stress Test Tools:
#15) GPU-Z
Price: Free

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
238
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

GPU-Z will give you information about the video card and graphics processor. It is a lightweight
program. It has many features including the support for NVIDIA, AMD, ATI, and Intel Graphics
devices. It supports Windows OS (32 and 64 bit). It will also help you with the backup of your
graphics card and BIOS.

Recommended reading =>> How to update BIOS on Windows 10

Features:
• Graphics card BIOS backup.
• Load test for PCI-Express lane configuration.
• It can display adapter, overclock, default clock, and 3D clock & GPU and display
information.
• It can be used for the stress testing of NVIDIA, AMD, ATI, and Intel graphics
devices.
Website: GPU-Z

#16) MSI Afterburner

Price: Free
MSI Afterburner is used for overclocking and monitoring purposes. It will allow you to run in-
game benchmarks. It can record the video for gameplay or can also take in-game screenshots. It
is available free of cost. It also supports graphics cards by all companies.

Features:
•
It will allow you to customize the fan profile.
•
Benchmarking.
•
Video recording.
•
It supports graphics cards of all companies.
Website: MSI Afterburner

#17) Heaven & Valley Benchmarks

Price: It has three pricing plans i.e. Basic, Advanced, and Professional. The basic plan is free.
The advanced plan will cost you $19.95. The professional plan will cost you $495.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
239
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

It can perform performance and stability testing for the cooling system, power supply, video
card, and PC hardware. It supports Windows, Linux, and Mac OS. For GPU stress testing, it
supports ATI, Intel, and NVIDIA.

Features:
•
It provides command-line automation support.
•
It provides reports in CSV format.
•
Its key features include GPU temperature and clock monitoring.
Website: Heaven & Valley Benchmarks

#18) 3DMark
Price: 3DMark is available for $29.99.

3DMark is the tool for measuring the performance of gaming components on desktops, tablets,
notebooks, and smartphones. It is available for Android and iOS devices.

Features:
•
DLSS feature test.
•
It supports desktops, notebooks, smartphones, and tablets.
•
It is available for Windows, Android, and iOS.
Website: 3DMark
Additional Tools for GPU Stress Test:
#1) FurMark

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
240
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

FurMark is a stress testing tool for GPU. It is a lightweight application and supports Windows
OS. It is available for free.

Website: FurMark
#2) HWiNFO64
As seen before, HWiNFO64 is used for GPU, CPU, and RAM stress testing. HWiNFO64 can
perform the task of Graphics card monitoring. It will provide you the real-time information about
any sensor output.

#3) Cinebench
As seen earlier, Cinebench is used for measuring the performance of the CPU as well as GPU.
For measuring the performance of Graphics card, Cinebench makes use of a complex 3D scene.
It measures the performance in OpenGL mode.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
241
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #7

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Write your answer in the underline.

Part 1. Identification.
_________________1. is measuring software on its robustness and error handling capabilities
under extremely heavy load conditions and ensuring that software doesn’t crash under crunch
situations.
_________________2. testing which can be tested across multiple systems running on the same
server.
_________________3. concentrate on finding defects related to data locking and blocking,
network issues and performance bottlenecks in an application.
_________________4. testing which is used to test the system with unusual parameters or
conditions that are unlikely to occur in a real scenario.
_________________5. testing on one or more transactions between two or more applications.

Part 2. Enumeration: Give at least 10 names of Stress Test Software

1. ____________________________________
2. ____________________________________
3. ____________________________________
4. ____________________________________
5. ____________________________________
6. ____________________________________
7. ____________________________________
8. ____________________________________
9. ____________________________________
10. ___________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
242
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 9
5S and 3Rs environmental
policies
WHAT ARE THE FIVE S's?
Quality Glossary Definition: Five S’s (5S)

5S is defined as a methodology that results in a workplace that is clean, uncluttered, safe, and
well organized to help reduce waste and optimize productivity. It's designed to help build a
quality work environment, both physically and mentally. The 5S philosophy applies in any work
area suited for visual control and lean production. The 5S condition of a work area is critical to
employees and is the basis of customers' first impressions.

• The Five S's

• 5S benefits
• 5S example
• 5S resources

THE FIVE S'S

The 5S quality tool is derived from five Japanese terms beginning with the letter "S" used to
create a workplace suited for visual control and lean production. The pillars of 5S are simple to
learn and important to implement:

• Seiri: To separate needed tools, parts, and instructions from unneeded materials and to remove
the unneeded ones.
• Seiton: To neatly arrange and identify parts and tools for ease of use.
• Seiso: To conduct a cleanup campaign.
• Seiketsu: To conduct seiri, seiton, and seiso daily to maintain a workplace in perfect condition.
• Shitsuke: To form the habit of always following the first four S’s.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
243
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Below, the Japanese terms are translated into the English language version of the 5S’s.

5S PROGRAM BENEFITS
Benefits to be derived from
implementing a lean 5S program
include:

• Improved safety
• Higher equipment availability
• Lower defect rates
• Reduced costs
• Increased production agility and
flexibility
• Improved employee morale
• Better asset utilization
• Enhanced enterprise image to
customers, suppliers, employees, and
management

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
244
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

5S EXAMPLE
During meetings with internal and external stakeholders, Kaiser Permanente Colorado’s
Medicaid Enrollment Project Team used the lean 5S tool to improve the enrollment template, as
well as the template process. They implemented the 5S pillars as follows:

• The fields were sorted and unnecessary fields were eliminated.

• The fields were set into order based on stakeholder input.
• The team shined by creating a Microsoft Access database that would not allow duplicate entries.
• The spreadsheet was standardized by protecting it and making it a template.
• A self-sustaining system was created by using Microsoft Access (to control data format and
duplication) and Microsoft Excel templates (to control spreadsheet format and order).

3Rs – Reduce, Reuse &

Recycle
Tips on reducing waste and
conserving resources.
The three R's – reduce, reuse and
recycle – all help to cut down on the
amount of waste we throw away. They
conserve natural resources, landfill
space and energy. Plus, the three R's
save land and money communities must
use to dispose of waste in landfills.
Siting a new landfill has become
difficult and more expensive due to
environmental regulations and public
opposition.

REDUCE: The best way to manage waste is to not produce it. This
can be done by shopping carefully and being aware of a few
guidelines:
• Buy products in bulk. Larger, economy-size products or ones in concentrated
form use less packaging and usually cost less per ounce.
• Avoid over-packaged goods, especially ones packed with several materials
such as foil, paper, and plastic. They are difficult to recycle, plus you pay
more for the package.
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
245
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Avoid disposable goods, such as paper plates, cups, napkins, razors, and
lighters. Throwaways contribute to the problem, and cost more because they
must be replaced again and again.
• Buy durable goods – ones that are well-built or that carry good warranties.
They will last longer, save money in the long run and save landfill space.
• At work, make two-sided copies whenever possible.
• Maintain central files rather than using several files for individuals.
• Use electronic mail or main bulletin board.
• Remove your name from the mailing lists of materials you no longer want to
receive: write to Mail Preference Service, c/o Direct Marketing Assoc., P.O.
Box 90008, Farmingdale, NY 11735.
• Use cloth napkins instead of paper napkins.
• Use a dish cloth instead of paper towels.
REUSE: It makes economic and environmental sense to reuse
products. Sometimes it takes creativity:
• Reuse products for the same purpose. Save paper and plastic bags, and repair
broken appliances, furniture and toys.
• Reuse products in different ways. Use a coffee can to pack a lunch; use
plastic microwave dinner trays as picnic dishes.
• Sell old clothes, appliances, toys, and furniture in garage sales or ads, or
donate them to charities.
• Use reseal able containers rather than plastic wrap.
• Use a ceramic coffee mug instead of paper cups.
• Reuse grocery bags or bring your own cloth bags to the store. Do not take a
bag from the store unless you need one.
RECYCLE: Recycling is a series of steps that takes a used material
and processes, remanufactures, and sells it as a new product. Begin
recycling at home and at work:
• Buy products made from recycled material. Look for the recycling symbol or
ask store managers or salesmen. The recycling symbol means one of two
things – either the product is made of recycled material, or the item can be
recycled. For instance, many plastic containers have a recycling symbol with
a numbered code the identifies what type of plastic resin it is made from.
However, just because the container has this code does not mean it can be
easily recycled locally.
• Check collection centers and curbside pickup services to see what they
accept, and begin collecting those materials. These can include metal cans,
newspapers, paper products, glass, plastics and oil.
• Consider purchasing recycled materials at work when purchasing material
for office supply, office equipment or manufacturing.
• Speak to store managers and ask for products and packaging that help cut
down on waste, such as recycled products and products that are not over
packaged.
• Buy products made from material that is collected for recycling in your
community.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
246
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

• Use recycled paper for letterhead, copier paper and newsletters.

Paper and Plastics:
• Paper: Most types of paper, such as ad circulars, catalogs, carbonless paper,
dry goods packaging with liners removed (example: cereal, pasta, rice,
beer/soda cartons) envelopes, file folders, flattened cardboard, junk mail,
magazines, newspapers, office paper, paperback books, paper bags, paper
towel/toilet paper cores, phone books, non-metallic gift wrap.
• Plastics: Labeled #1 through #7 on the package, look for a recycling logo
on the bottom or back of the container. Remove lids and rinse. Examples:
beverage bottle, shampoo and lotion bottles, meat trays, condiment bottles,
prescription and medicine bottles.
• Glass Bottles and Jars All Colors: Remove lids and rinse all food and
liquids. Examples: beverage bottles, food and condiment bottles and jars
(jelly, mustard, mayonnaise).
• Metal Cans: Aluminum, steel and tin beverage and food cans, rinse all food
or liquids, aerosol cans, empty and remove nozzle, baking tins, rinse and
remove remaining food.
The EPA (Environmental Protection Agency) tells us these recycling
facts:
• 56% of all paper used by households in America in 2007 was recycled – a
whopping 360 lbs per person!
• Recycling 1 ton of paper saves 17 mature trees, 7,000 gallons of water, 3
cubic yards of landfill space, 2 barrels of oil, and 4,100 kilowatt-hours of
electricity
• Recycling paper instead of making it from new material generates 74 percent
less air pollution and uses 50 percent less water.
• Producing recycled paper requires about 60 percent of the energy used to
make paper from virgin wood pulp.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
247
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #8

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Part 1. Multiple-choice: Box the letter of the correct answer.

1. Organize in an efficient and ergonomic manner.

a) Shine
b) Standardize
c) Straighten
d) Sort
2. Ensure that 5s principles are part of the culture.
a) Sustain
b) Standardize
c) Straighten
d) Sort
3. Keeps new resources from being used for a while longer
a) Recycle
b) Reduce
c) Reuse
4. Remove all of the clutter from the work place
a) Sustain
b) Standardize
c) Straighten
d) Sort
5. Using fewer resources in the first place
a) Recycle
b) Reduce
c) Reuse

Part 2. Instruction: On a yellow pad paper or short ban paper write down a Self-explanation about the
following question.
Question:
1. Why 5S is important?
2. What will happen if we don’t do the procedure of 3R?
3. What will be your benefit if you do the 5S?
4. What will be your benefit if you do the 3R?
5. Is there any bad effect if we do the 5S and 3R?

✓ Take a photo of this Activity and submit your Output in Datacom LMS (datacom.education)
Other option:
send to your teacher Facebook Messenger: Efraem Paciente
https://www.facebook.com/efraem.paciente.90/

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
248
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Lesson 10
Documentation in relation to
the test
System verification, Testing and Maintenance
Three instrumental means of minimizing the risks
of technology are system verification, testing and
maintenance. Every aspect of a computer system
-- hardware, communications and software -
should be verified and thoroughly tested before
the system is used for an electoral event. After
successful testing, systems will need regular
maintenance to ensure they will perform
effectively when they are needed.

The technology's level of importance will likely

determine the degree of rigour applied to
verifying, testing and maintaining the technology. For a system to be used for a crucial electoral
function, such as an electronic voting system, the degree of rigour needed will be high.

System verification
For a highly important system such as an electronic voting system, it is appropriate to employ
an independent testing authority to perform system verification tests. For less important systems,
system verification could be conducted in-house.

System verification tests (otherwise known as qualification tests) could include:

▪ testing of hardware under conditions simulating expected real-life conditions

▪ testing of software to ensure that appropriate standards are followed and that the
software performs its intended functions, including audits of code
▪ ensuring system documentation is adequate and complete

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
249
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

▪ ensuring data communications systems conform to appropriate standards and

perform effectively
▪ verifying that systems are capable of performing under expected normal
conditions and possible abnormal conditions
▪ ensuring appropriate security measures are in place and that they conform to
appropriate standards
▪ ensuring that appropriate quality assurance measures are in place

System testing
System testing is usually more detailed and
thorough than system verification. System
testing is needed to ensure that every
component of a system is operating as it
should, and that the system is performing
exactly in accordance with the specific local
requirements.

For an important system such as an

electronic voting system, a structured system
testing program is a means to ensure that all
aspects of a system are tested. Testing measures that could be followed include:

▪ developing a set of test criteria

▪ examining all non-standard code to ensure its logical correctness and to ensure
that appropriate standards of design and construction are followed
▪ applying 'non-operating' tests to ensure that equipment can stand up to expected
levels of physical handling
▪ applying functional tests to determine whether the test criteria have been met
▪ applying qualitative assessments to determine whether the test criteria have been
met
▪ conducting tests in 'laboratory' conditions and conducting tests in a variety of
'real life' conditions
▪ conducting tests over an extended period of time, to ensure systems can perform
consistently

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
250
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

▪ conducting 'load tests', simulating as close as possible a variety of 'real life'

conditions using or exceeding the amounts of data that could be expected in an
actual situation
▪ verifying that 'what goes in' is 'what comes out', by entering known data and
checking that the output agrees with the input

System maintenance
After systems have been verified,
tested and implemented, they must
continue to be maintained to ensure
that they can continue to perform at
the level demonstrated during the
system testing stage. Maintenance
routines will vary depending on the
type and complexity of the
technology. Many items will come
with a maintenance schedule or
program recommended by the manufacturer or supplier. Maintenance could also be provided by
the manufacturer or supplier as part of the purchase agreement.

Ongoing monitoring or testing of systems may need to be systematized to ensure that

maintenance needs are identified and met when necessary. Where systems are in long -term use,
a mechanism can be put in place to monitor feedback from users as another means to determine
the need for maintenance and modification.

Where modifications to hardware, software and/or communications are made as a result of

maintenance or upgrades, it may be necessary to instigate further rounds of system verification
and testing to ensure that standards are still met by the modified system.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
251
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Hardware Verification, Testing and Maintenance

As discussed under System Verification, Testing and Maintenance, ensuring the accuracy of
hardware is a crucial component of a well-functioning system.

While this and the two following sections separate hardware, software and communications into
three topics, their operation is often interdependent, and the following verification, testing and
maintenance procedures may need to be carried out with all three elements in combination.

Hardware verification
For a highly important system such as an electronic voting system, it is appropriate to employ
an independent testing authority to perform system verification tests. For less important systems,
system verification could be conducted in-house.

Hardware verification tests (otherwise known as qualification tests) could include:

▪ testing hardware under conditions simulating expected real-life conditions,

including storage, transportation, operation and maintenance environments
▪ ensuring the hardware conforms with local environmental requirements,
including shelter, space, furnishings and fittings, electrical power supply and
relevant extremes of temperature, humidity and pollution
▪ ensuring appropriate documentation is adequate and complete
▪ verifying that hardware is capable of performing under expected normal
conditions and possible abnormal conditions
▪ ensuring appropriate security measures are in place and that they conform to
appropriate standards
▪ ensuring that appropriate quality assurance measures are in place
Hardware testing
Hardware testing is usually more detailed and thorough than verification. Testing is needed to
ensure that every component of a system is operating as it should, and that the system is
performing exactly in accordance with the specific local requirements.

A comprehensive structured testing program is one that ensures that all aspects of a system are
tested. This is especially important for key systems such as electronic voting systems. Testing
measures that could be followed include:

▪ developing a set of test criteria

▪ applying 'non-operating' tests to ensure that equipment can stand up to expected
levels of physical handling, such as transit drop tests
DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY
2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
252
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

▪ examining if appropriate any code 'hard wired' in hardware (this code is

sometimes known as firmware) to ensure its logical correctness and to ensure
that appropriate standards are followed
▪ applying functional tests to determine whether the test criteria have been met
▪ applying qualitative assessments to determine whether the test criteria have been
met
▪ conducting tests in both 'laboratory' conditions and in a variety of 'real life'
conditions
▪ conducting tests over an extended period of time, to ensure systems can perform
consistently
▪ conducting 'load tests', simulating as closely as possible a variety of 'real life'
conditions and using or exceeding the amounts of data that could be expected in
an actual situation
▪ verifying that 'what goes in' is 'what comes out', by entering known data and
checking that the output agrees with the input
Hardware maintenance
After hardware has been verified, tested and implemented, it must continue to be maintained.
Maintenance routines will vary depending on the type and complexity of the technology. Many
hardware items will come with a maintenance schedule or program recommended by the
manufacturer or supplier. Maintenance could also be provided by the manufacturer or supplier
as part of the purchase agreement.

Systems should be maintained to ensure that they continue to perform to the level demonstrated
during the testing stage. Ongoing monitoring or testing plans may need to be put in place to
ensure that maintenance needs are identified and met when necessary. Where systems are in
long-term use, a mechanism could be put in place to monitor feedback from users as another
means to determine the need for maintenance and modification.

Where modifications to hardware are made as a result of system maintenance or upgrades, it

may be necessary to instigate further rounds of system verification and testing to ensure that
standards are still met by the modified system.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
253
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

Software verification, Testing and Maintenance

Software verification, testing and maintenance are essential to minimize the risks of using
technology. Verification and testing are best conducted well before the system is used for a 'live'
electoral event (both on its own and in conjunction with associated hardware and
communications). After successful testing, software systems will require appropriate
maintenance to ensure they will perform effectively when needed.

The level of importance of the technology will impact on the degree of rigour applied to
verifying, testing and maintaining software systems. For a system to be used for a crucial
electoral function, such as an electronic voting system, the degree of rigour needed will be high.

While this and the two accompanying sections separate hardware, software and communicatio ns
into three topics, their operation is often interdependent, and the following verification, testing
and maintenance procedures may need to be carried out with all three elements in combination.

Software verification
For a highly important system such as an electronic voting system, it is appropriate to employ
an independent testing authority to perform system verification tests. For less important systems,
system verification could be conducted in-house.

Software verification tests (otherwise known as qualification tests) could include:

▪ testing of software to ensure that appropriate standards are met and that the
software performs its intended functions, including audits of code (see below)
▪ ensuring system documentation is adequate and complete
▪ verifying that systems are capable of performing under expected normal
conditions and possible abnormal conditions
▪ ensuring that security measures are in place and that they conform to appropriate
standards
▪ ensuring that appropriate quality assurance measures are in place
Audits of software code may need to be conducted, particularly where the software is being used
for a crucial system. Software audits are generally most effective when carried out by experts
who are independent of the authors of the code. Measures included in a software audit could
include:

▪ verifying that the code is logically correct

▪ ensuring the code is of modular design (that is, that the code is made up of
discreet modules that can be separately tested and evaluated)

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
254
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

▪ verifying there is no 'hidden' code intended to perform unauthorized functions

▪ checking that the code is straightforward and relatively easy to understand
▪ ensuring the code is designed for easy testing - that is, that it includes features
to allow testing of flow of data within and between modules
▪ verifying that the code is robust, so that it includes error trapping and error
correction features that will allow immediate detection of errors and prevent loss
of data through error
▪ ensuring the code incorporates security features that will prevent unauthorized
access and/or detect and control any attempts at unauthorized access
▪ ensuring that the system is useable without the need for complex or obscure
procedures
▪ ensuring that the software can be easily installed in the live environment
▪ verifying that the software can be easily maintained, and that errors or defects
can be easily identified, corrected and validated after installation
▪ checking whether the software can be easily modified to add new features

Software testing
After software has been verified, it needs to be thoroughly tested to ensure that every component
of the system is operating as it should, and that the system is performing exactly in accordance
with the specific local requirements.

For an important system such as an electronic voting system, a structured system testing program
can be established to ensure all aspects of a system are tested. Testing measures that could be
followed include:

▪ developing a set of test criteria

▪ applying functional tests to determine whether the test criteria have been met
▪ applying qualitative assessments to determine whether the test criteria have been
met
▪ conducting tests in 'laboratory' conditions and conducting tests in a variety of
'real life' conditions
▪ conducting tests over an extended period of time, to ensure systems can perform
consistently

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
255
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

▪ conducting 'load tests', simulating as close as possible a variety of 'real life'

conditions using or exceeding the amounts of data that could be expected in a
real situation
▪ verifying that 'what goes in' is 'what comes out', by entering known data and
checking that the output agrees with the input

Software maintenance
After a software system has been verified, tested and implemented, it must continue to be
maintained. Maintenance routines will vary depending on the type and complexity of the
technology. Many software systems will come with a maintenance schedule or program
recommended by the developer. Maintenance could be provided by the developer as part of the
purchase agreement for the technology.

Systems will need to be maintained to ensure that they continue to perform to the level
demonstrated during the system testing stage. If systems deteriorate, there is a risk that the
systems will not perform to the required standard.

Ongoing monitoring or testing systems may be installed to ensure that maintenance needs are
identified and met where necessary. Where systems are in long-term use, a system can be
designed to monitor feedback from users and conduct any modifications or maintenance as
needed.

Where modifications to software are made as a result of system maintenance or upgrades, it may
be necessary to instigate further rounds of system verification and testing to ensure that standards
are still met by the modified system.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
256
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

2nd Quarter Quiz #9

Student Full Name: _________________________________________
Date: _________________________
Grade & Section: __________________________
Subject Teacher Name: ______________________________________ Score

Instruction: Answer the following question and write it on a sheet of paper.

1. What is Software maintenance?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
2. Deference between Hardware and Software Maintenance?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
3. Why you need to test your hardware?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
4. Why you need to test your Software?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
5. Do we need to verify the computer or laptop system?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
6. What will happen if the hardware and software were not compatible?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
7. Is it good if you install more application or program in your computer or laptop?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
257
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

LICENSES AND ATTRIBUTIONS / References:

Occupational Health and Safety policies and procedures
https://baictchs09.wordpress.com/2018/08/29/plan-and-prepare-for-installation/
The 5S
https://asq.org/quality-resources/lean/five-s-
tutorial#:~:text=5S%20is%20defined%20as%20a,environment%2C%20both%20physically%20
and%20mentally.
The 3R
https://www.thebalancesmb.com/the-3-r-s-reduce-reuse-and-recycle-3157809
https://www.sustainablesanantonio.com/practices-technology/reduce-reuse-recycle/
Tools, Equipment and Testing
https://www.ciscopress.com/articles/article.asp?p=2086239&seqNum=7
How to Assemble a PC? (2020 Guide)
https://www.build-gaming-computers.com/how-to-assemble-a-pc.html
Power-on Self-test
https://www.minitool.com/lib/power-on-self-test.html
How to Change Computer BIOS Settings?
https://www.wikihow.com/Change-Computer-BIOS-Settings
How to Create a Bootable Pendrive using CMD [MBR + GPT]
https://techrrival.com/create-bootable-pendrive-windows-cmd/
Command Prompt
https://www.digitalcitizen.life/command-prompt-how-use-basic-commands
https://www.digitalcitizen.life/command-prompt-how-use-basic-commands?page=1
How to Create a Bootable USB from an ISO file
https://techrrival.com/best-usb-bootable-softwares/
How to Install Windows 10 on a New Hard Drive with Screenshots
https://www.itechguides.com/how-to-install-windows-10-step-by-step-with-pictures/
Devices Driver Installation Procedures
https://www.computerhope.com/issues/ch000834.htm
UPDATE DRIVERS IN WINDOWS 10
https://support.microsoft.com/en-ph/help/4028443/windows-10-update-drivers
System Requirements
https://techterms.com/definition/system_requirements
https://techguided.com/how-to-check-your-computer-specs/
http://www.empf.org/empfasis/aug04/prop.htm
http://www.lakeland.cc.il.us/~internal/policymanual/10fiscalaffairs/1026.POL.htm
www.gao.gov/new.items/d0871.pdf]
www.plant-materials.nrcs.usda.gov/pubs/nmpmcnl6045.pdf
www.cdpr.ca.gov
www.freepatentsonline.com
https://www.laptopmag.com/articles/update-windows-10
https://www.onmsft.com/how-to/how-to-update-drivers-on-windows-
10#:~:text=Update%20the%20Drivers%20Through%20Windows%20Update&text=Select%20U
pdate%20%26%20Security%20%3E%20Windows%20Update,click%20on%20Download%20an
d%20install.

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
258
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]
 Computer System Servicing NC – Part 1 / Install and Configure Computer Systems

https://www.comcare.gov.au/safe-healthy-work/prevent-harm/workplace-inspections
https://www.webnots.com/how-to-install-or-uninstall-programs-in-windows-10/
https://www.wikihow.com/Use-VMware-Workstation
https://www.computerhope.com/jargon/u/update.htm
https://edu.gcfglobal.org/en/basic-computer-skills/how-to-update-your-software/1/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/troubleshoot/windows-client/deployment/keep-windows-up-to-
date
https://baictchs09.wordpress.com/2019/01/26/conduct-test-on-the-installed-computer-system/
https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-server/storage/disk-management/overview-of-disk-
management
https://www.guru99.com/stress-testing-tutorial.html
https://www.softwaretestinghelp.com/computer-stress-test-software/
https://aceproject.org/main/english/et/ete05c.htm

CC LICENSED CONTENT, SHARED PREVIOUSLY

Information Literacy. Authored by: Nasser Maksoud (MECC); Dorothy Connelly (BRCC);
Diane Phillips (SWCC). Located at: http://www.vccs.edu/. License: CC BY: Attribution
Personal computer. Provided by: Wikipedia. Located
at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Personal%2520computer?oldid=649486395. License: CC BY-
SA: Attribution-ShareAlike
Peripheral. Provided by: Wikipedia. Located
at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Peripheral?oldid=650750800. License: CC BY-SA:
Attribution-ShareAlike
Input device. Provided by: Wikipedia. Located
at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Input%2520device?oldid=648754461. License: CC BY-SA:
Attribution-ShareAlike
Output device. Provided by: Wikipedia. Located
at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Output%2520device?oldid=648822543. License: CC BY-
SA: Attribution-ShareAlike
Computer memory. Provided by: Wikipedia. Located
at: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer%2520memory?oldid=652432725. License: CC
BY-SA: Attribution-ShareAlike
https://courses.lumenlearning.com/informationliteracy/chapter/computer-devices/

DATACOM INSTITUTE OF COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY

2nd Floor VMI Bldg., Emilio Aguinaldo High-way, Palico I, Imus City, Cavite.
259
Tel. No. (046)471-5508 / (+63)922-8363072
Email Address: [email protected]
Trainer / Subject Teacher: Efraem L. Paciente @[email protected]